Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.
or
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _______ to _______.
Commission file number: 000-25020
Heritage Oaks Bancorp
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
California | | 77-0388249 |
(State or other jurisdiction of | | (I.R.S. Employer |
Incorporation or organization) | | Identification No.) |
1222 Vine Street,
Paso Robles, California 93446
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
(805) 369-5200
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class | | Name of exchange on which registered |
Common Stock, no par value | | NASDAQ Capital Market |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known, seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes [ ] No [X]
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes [ ] No [X]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes [X] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K [ ].
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer [ ] Accelerated filer [ ] Non-accelerated filer [ ] Smaller reporting company [X]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act) Yes [ ] No [X]
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant at June 30, 2011 was $65.6 million. As of February 13, 2012, the Registrant had 25,156,822 shares of Common Stock outstanding.
Table of Contents
Documents Incorporated By Reference
The information required in Part III, Items 10 through 14 are incorporated by reference to the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 annual meeting of shareholders.
Heritage Oaks Bancorp
and Subsidiaries
Table of Contents
2
Table of Contents
Part I
Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”), including, without limitation, statements containing the words “believes”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “expects”, and words of similar impact, constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include, among others, the following: the ongoing uncertainty about the economic environment both in the United States and in Europe, and the response of the federal and state governments and our regulators thereto, continued migration of classified loans, general economic and business conditions in those areas in which the Company operates, demographic changes, competition, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in business strategy or development plans, changes in governmental regulation, credit quality, economic, political and global changes arising from the war on terrorism, the Bank’s beliefs as to the adequacy of its existing and anticipated allowance for loan losses, beliefs and expectations about, and requirements to comply with current regulatory enforcement actions taken by regulatory authorities having oversight of the Bank’s operations, financial policies of the United States government and continued weakness in the real estate markets within which we operate, and other factors referenced in this report, including in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” The Company disclaims any obligation to update any such factors or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events or developments.
Item 1. Business
General
Heritage Oaks Bancorp (the “Company”, “we” or “our”) is a California corporation organized in 1994 to act as the holding company of Heritage Oaks Bank (the “Bank”). In 1994, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of the Bank in a holding company formation transaction.
In October 2006, the Company formed Heritage Oaks Capital Trust II (the “Trust II”). Trust II is a statutory business trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware and is a wholly-owned, non-financial, non-consolidated subsidiary of the Company.
In September 2007, the Company formed Heritage Oaks Capital Trust III (the “Trust III”). Trust III was a statutory business trust formed under the laws of the state of Delaware and was a wholly-owned, non-financial, non-consolidated subsidiary of the Company. In June of 2010, the Company repurchased all of the securities issued by Trust III, and dissolved the trust in December 2010.
Other than holding the shares of the Bank, the Company conducts no significant activities, although it is authorized, with the prior approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), the Company’s principal regulator, to engage in a variety of activities which are deemed closely related to the business of banking. The Company has also incorporated a subsidiary, CCMS Systems, Inc. which is currently inactive and has not been capitalized. The Company has no present plans to capitalize or activate this subsidiary, nor engage in such other permitted activities. As a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, the Company’s principal source of funds is, and will continue to be, dividends paid by and other funds advanced from the Bank and capital raised directly by the Company. Legal limitations are imposed on the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank to the Company. See Item 1. Business – Supervision and Regulation and Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities - Dividends.
Banking Services
The Bank was licensed by the California Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”) and commenced operation in January 1983. As a California state bank, the Bank is subject to primary supervision, examination and regulation by the DFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank is also subject to certain other federal laws and regulations. The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable limits thereof.
3
Table of Contents
The Company is headquartered in Paso Robles, California. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has two branch offices in Paso Robles, San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara, three branch offices in Santa Maria, and single branch locations in Arroyo Grande, Atascadero, Cambria, Morro Bay and Templeton. During 2011, the Bank consolidated its San Miguel office into a nearby branch, and in January 2012, the Bank announced plans to consolidate branches located in Morro Bay, Orcutt, and Santa Barbara with other nearby branches in order to improve operating efficiency. The Bank conducts business in the counties of San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara. The Bank’s operations not only include branch expansion over the years through organic growth but also through the acquisitions of Hacienda Bank in 2003 and Business First Bank in 2007. See Item 1. Business – Acquisitions and Dispositions for further discussion of the Company���s acquisition activity.
The Bank offers residential mortgage banking services, online banking, wire transfers, safe deposit boxes, issues cashier’s checks and money orders, sells travelers checks, provides bank-by-mail and night depository services and other customary banking services. The Bank does not offer trust services or international banking services and does not plan to do so in the near future.
The Bank’s operating directives since inception have emphasized small business, commercial, and retail banking. Most of the Bank’s customers are small to medium-sized businesses and retail customers. The areas in which the Bank has directed virtually all of its lending activities are: commercial loans secured by real estate, commercial loans and lines of credit, consumer loans including residential mortgages, construction financing, and other real estate loans. The Bank employs a direct sales force focused on the development and origination of new loans across each of the loan types noted. A more detailed discussion of the loan portfolio can be found under Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 3. Loans, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K.
The Bank’s deposits are obtained primarily through retail deposit gathering efforts including promotional activities and advertising in the local media, as well as through commercial account relationships. Product offerings include: personal and business checking and savings accounts, time deposit accounts, Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”), and money market accounts. A more detailed discussion of the Bank’s deposits can be found under Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Form 10-K.
The principal sources of the Company’s consolidated revenues are (i) interest and fees on loans, (ii) interest on investments, (iii) service charges on deposit accounts and other charges and fees, (iv) mortgage banking fees and (v) miscellaneous income.
The Company has not engaged in any material research activities relating to the development of new services or the improvement of existing bank services, except as otherwise discussed herein. There has been no significant change in the types of services offered by the Bank since its inception. The Company has no present plans regarding “a new line of business” requiring the investment of a material amount of total assets. Most of the Company’s business originates from San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara Counties and there is no emphasis on foreign sources and application of funds. The Company’s business, based upon performance to date, does not appear to be seasonal. The Company does not have any customers that represent more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues, and it operates in a single segment. Additionally, Management is unaware of any material effect upon the Company’s capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position as a result of federal, state or local environmental regulations.
The Bank holds service marks issued by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office for the “Acorn” design, the “Oakley” design, “Deeply Rooted in Your Hometown” and “Heritage Oaks Bank – Expect More.”
Acquisition and Dispositions
Our strategy is to increase the Company’s earning assets and deposits both through organic growth and, when appropriate, through acquisitions. Historically, the Company’s acquisitions have focused on expansion and diversification of the markets the Company serves, or strengthening its competitive position in existing markets, as evidenced by the Company’s acquisition of Hacienda Bank in 2003, which expanded the Bank’s position in Northern Santa Barbara County and Business First National Bank (“Business First”) in 2007, which added two branches to the Bank’s network and marked the Company’s entry into Southern Santa Barbara County. Both of these acquisitions were merged into the Bank.
However, due to restrictions placed on the Company by the Consent Order and Written Agreement (as more fully discussed later in this Business Section), the Company has been precluded from undertaking any acquisitions since March of 2010. The Company continues to believe that strategic acquisitions will continue to be an element of its long-term growth potential and at such time as the Consent Order and Written Agreement are lifted, the Company will again begin evaluating acquisition opportunities that are consistent with its strategic growth plans.
4
Table of Contents
Employees
As of December 31, 2011, the Bank had 256 full-time equivalent employees. The Bank’s employees are not represented by any collective bargaining agreement, and the Bank has not experienced a work stoppage. The Bank believes that its employee relations are positive.
Local Economic Climate
The economy in the Company’s primary market area (San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara Counties) is based primarily on agriculture, tourism, light industry, oil and retail trade. Additionally, the local economy in San Luis Obispo County and to a lesser degree Santa Barbara County is dependent on the level of employment generated by state and local government agencies. Services supporting these industries have also developed in the areas of medical, financial and educational services. The population of San Luis Obispo County, the City of Santa Maria (in Northern Santa Barbara County), and the City of Santa Barbara totaled approximately 270,000, 100,000, and 88,000 respectively, according to the most recent economic data provided by the U.S. Census Bureau. The moderate climate allows a year round growing season in the local economy’s agricultural sector. The Central Coast’s leading agricultural industry is the production of wine grapes and the related production of premium quality wines. Vineyards in production have grown significantly over the past several years throughout the Company’s service area. In addition, cattle ranching represents a major part of the agriculture industry in the Company’s market. Furthermore, access to numerous recreational activities and destinations including lakes, mountains and beaches provide a relatively stable tourist industry from many areas including the Los Angeles/Orange County basin, the San Francisco Bay area and the San Joaquin Valley.
The general business climate in 2008 through 2010 proved to be challenging not only on the national level, but within the state of California and more specifically the Company’s primary market area. As the real estate market and general economic conditions waned throughout those years, the ability of borrowers to satisfy their obligations to the financial sector languished. Although the Company’s primary market area has historically witnessed a more stable level of economic activity, the weakened state of the real estate market in conjunction with a decline in economic activity in the Company’s primary market negatively impacted the credit quality of the loan portfolio. The labor market information published by the California Employment Development Department in December 2011 shows the unemployment rate within California to be approximately 10.9%, which is down modestly from its recent highs. Within the Company’s primary market area, the labor market information also shows the unemployment rate within San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara major metropolitan areas improving in 2011, as these areas exited 2011 with unemployment levels below 9%.
Management remains cautiously optimistic that 2011 has shown what appear to be the early signs that the Company’s primary market, may be beginning to stabilize as compared to the significant downward trends experienced during 2008, 2009 and 2010. The signs of stabilization are not only reflected in the improving unemployment rates mentioned above, but we are also seeing a general improvement in the financial information being provided by our customers as part of their regular loan reviews. Additionally, several local economists have recently reported that the improvements in unemployment, the tourism industry, housing and household income are all indicators of stabilization in our primary markets. However, there can be no guarantee that the impacts of growing concerns about the global economy may not have trickle down effects on the local economy in which the Company operates. Should global economic conditions worsen and eventually affect our local economy, it could negatively impact the financial condition of borrowers to whom the Company has extended credit. In this instance, the Company may suffer credit losses and be required to make further significant provisions to the allowance for loan losses.
Competition
Banking and the financial services industry in California generally, and in the Company’s service area specifically, is highly competitive. The increasingly competitive environment is a result primarily of changes in regulation, changes in technology and product delivery systems, the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial services providers and the organization of new banking entities. As it relates to lending opportunities, the other factor that has arisen over the last few years has been increased competition due to a smaller pool of quality lending opportunities as a result of the economic climate experienced since 2008.
In order to compete with other financial institutions in its service area, the Bank relies principally upon direct personal contact by officers, directors, employees, local advertising programs, and specialized services. The Bank emphasizes to customers the advantages of dealing with a locally owned and community oriented institution. The Bank also seeks to provide special services and programs for individuals in its primary service area who are employed in the agricultural, professional and business fields, such as loans for equipment, tools of trade or expansion of practices or businesses. Larger banks may have a competitive advantage because of larger marketing campaigns and greater branch distribution.
5
Table of Contents
They also provide services, such as trust services, international banking, discount brokerage and insurance services, which the Bank is not currently authorized or prepared to offer. To compensate for this, the Bank has made arrangements with correspondent banks and with others to provide such services for its customers. For borrowers requiring loans in excess of the Bank’s legal lending limits, the Bank offers loans on a participating basis with correspondent banks and with other independent banks and will retain the portion of such loans that are within its lending limit.
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes involving frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services that have further increased competition. There is no assurance that these technological improvements, if made, will increase the Company’s operational efficiency or that the Company will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers.
Effect of Government Policies and Recent Legislation
Banking is a business that depends largely on interest rate differentials to generate profits. In general, the difference between the interest rate received by the Company on loans extended to its customers and interest earned on securities held in its investment portfolio and the interest rate paid by the Company on deposits and other borrowings comprise the major portion of the Company’s earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the control of the Company. Accordingly, the earnings and growth of the Company are subject to the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions, including inflation, recession and unemployment.
The commercial banking business is not only affected by general economic conditions but is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Board, which are often implemented to address the economic conditions being experienced. The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation, combating recession and providing liquidity) through its open-market operations in U.S. Government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial institutions subject to its reserve requirements and by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits. Such interest rates also effect the Bank’s pricing on loans and what is paid on deposits. The nature and impact on the Company from future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.
From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial institutions. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies and other financial institutions are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature and before various bank regulatory and other professional agencies, as is more fully discussed in Supervision and Regulation, below.
Supervision and Regulation
Regulatory Order and Written Agreement
The Bank became subject to a consent order (the “Order”), effective March 4, 2010, with the FDIC, its principal federal banking regulator, and the DFI which requires the Bank to take certain measures to improve its safety and soundness. The Bank’s stipulation to the issuance by the FDIC and the DFI of the Order resulted from certain findings in a report of examination (“ROE”) resulting from an examination of the Bank conducted in September 2009. In stipulating to the issuance of the Order, the Bank did not concede the findings or admit to any of the assertions in the ROE.
On March 4, 2010, the Company entered into a written agreement (the “Written Agreement”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRB”), which requires the Company to take certain measures to improve its safety and soundness. Under the Written Agreement, the Company is required to develop and submit for approval, a plan to maintain sufficient capital at the Company and the Bank within 60 days of the date of the Written Agreement. The Written Agreement further provides, among other things, that the Company shall not: declare or pay dividends without prior approval of the FRB, take dividends from the Bank, make any distribution of interest, principal or other sums on subordinated debt or trust preferred securities, incur, increase, or guarantee any debt. The Company submitted the required Capital plan within the time required and has not paid any dividends to its stockholders, taken any dividends from the Bank or paid any interest, principal or other sums on its outstanding subordinated debt or trust preferred securities, nor has it incurred, increased or guaranteed any debt since the issuance of the Written Order and Written Agreement.
6
Table of Contents
Under the Order, the Bank is required to take certain measures as more fully discussed below. The Bank immediately took steps to comply with the Order, the most significant of which was the completion of a capital raise of approximately $60.0 million in March 2010. The Bank will continue to take all steps necessary to achieve full compliance with the Order.
Among the corrective actions required are for the Bank to develop and adopt a plan to maintain the minimum capital requirements for a “well-capitalized” bank, and to reach and maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 10% and a Total Risk Based capital ratio of 11.5% at the Bank level beginning 90 days from the issuance of the Order. As a result of the capital raise in March 2010 and a return to positive operating results in 2011, the Bank was able to exceed these minimum requirements and as of December 31, 2011 the Bank’s leverage ratio and total risk-based capital ratio were 11.85% and 15.77%, respectively and remain in compliance with the Order. The Bank has been in compliance with this provision of the Order for eight consecutive quarters.
In addition, pursuant to the Order, the Bank must retain qualified management, must notify the FDIC and the DFI in writing when it proposes to add any individual to its Board of Directors, employ any new senior executive officer, or increase the duties and responsibilities of a senior executive officer, and must conduct an independent study of management and personnel structure of the Bank. A consultant was retained to complete the required management study, the results of which were approved by the Board and an action plan to address the findings of such study was implemented during 2010. The Bank has notified its regulators and received approval for new or changed executive officer roles since the Order’s issuance.
Under the Order, the Bank’s Board of Directors was directed to increase its participation in the affairs of the Bank, assuming full responsibility for the approval of sound policies and objectives and for the supervision of all the Bank’s activities. The Board of Directors took additional steps to reevaluate such oversight and enhance, where appropriate, the frequency, duration, scope and depth of matters covered at its Board meetings in response to the current economic environment and concerns raised in the ROE.
In direct response to the ROE, a joint regulatory compliance committee of the Board of Directors was formed at both the Bank and Company levels to oversee the Bank’s and Company’s response to all regulatory matters, including the Order and the Written Agreement. Detailed tracking of the Order’s requirements, and the Bank’s progress in responding thereto, are reviewed and reported at such committee meetings, with regular reports then being provided by the committee to the full Board. Further, and prior to the issuance of the Order, the Boards of both the Bank and the Company directed Chairman Michael Morris to temporarily increase his direct oversight of Management to ensure an appropriate response at both the Bank and Company to the concerns raised in the ROE. As a result of this increased oversight and the changes to Management, the Bank’s position significantly improved in 2010 and 2011.
The Order further required the Bank to increase its Allowance for Loan Losses (“ALLL”), as of the date of the ROE, by $3.5 million and to review and revise its ALLL methodology. The Bank immediately increased the ALLL as required and revised its policy for determining the adequacy of the ALLL to include an assessment of market conditions and other qualitative factors. The Bank’s policy otherwise continues to provide for a comprehensive determination of the adequacy of its ALLL, which is reviewed at least once each calendar quarter. The results of this review are reported to senior management and the Board, and any adjustments to the allowance must be recorded in the calendar quarter it is discovered, with an offsetting adjustment to current operating earnings. Since the third quarter of 2009, the Company has recorded an additional $53.9 million of provisions and ended 2011 with $19.3 million in the ALLL allowance, which represents 2.99% of gross receivables and 156.2% of non-performing loans.
With respect to classified assets which existed as of the date of the ROE, the Order also requires the Bank to charge-off or collect all assets classified as “Loss” and one-half of the assets classified as “Doubtful,” and within 180 days of the Order, to reduce its level of assets classified as “Substandard” as of the date of the ROE to no more than the greater of $50.0 million or 50% of Tier 1 capital plus the ALLL. As of December 31, 2009, the Bank met the requirement to charge-off or collect all assets classified as “Loss” and one-half of the assets classified as “Doubtful” as of the date of the ROE. The Bank complied with the requirement of the ROE in this regard and reduced the specific group of classified assets identified in the ROE to less than $50 million or 50% of Tier 1 capital plus ALLL well before the 180 day deadline. As of December 31, 2011, total classified assets remaining from the specific pool identified in the 2009 ROE was $7.7 million or 5.8% of Tier 1 capital plus ALLL. Although the total level of classified assets as of December 31, 2010 remained elevated, due to the continued migration of loans to classified status during 2010, the Bank was able to reduce the level of classified assets significantly in 2011, through a combination of sales of troubled loans, charge-offs and recoveries, customer work outs and improvements in customer credit quality. Total classified assets at December 31, 2011 were $60.0 million or 44.3% of Tier 1 capital plus ALLL.
7
Table of Contents
The Order requires that the Bank develop or revise, adopt and implement a plan, which must be approved by the FDIC and DFI, to reduce the concentration in Commercial Real Estate loans, particularly focusing on reducing loans for construction and land development. In addition, the Bank was required to develop a plan for reducing the number of pass graded loans designated as “watch list” credits to an acceptable level, and develop or revise its written lending and collection policies to provide more effective guidance and control over the Bank’s lending function. The Bank believes it has accomplished all of these requirements.
The Order restricts the Bank from taking certain actions without the prior written consent of the FDIC and the DFI, including paying cash dividends, and from extending additional credit to certain types of borrowers. The Bank has not paid dividends to the Company. In addition, the Company has not paid cash dividends on common stock since the first quarter of 2008 nor has it paid cash dividends on Series A Preferred Stock since the Order was issued in March 2010. In addition, the Bank has put processes and controls in place to ensure extensions of credit, directly or indirectly, are not granted to those who are related to borrowers of loans charged-off or classified as “Loss”, “Substandard” or “Doubtful” and that new loans or advances to borrowers whose loans are classified “Substandard” or “Doubtful” have prior Board approval. The Bank has also acknowledged that neither the loan committee nor the Board of Directors will approve any extension to a borrower classified “Substandard” or “Doubtful” without first collecting all past due interest in cash.
The Order further requires the Bank to develop or revise, adopt and implement a revised liquidity policy that adequately addresses liquidity needs and reduces reliance on non-core funding sources. The Order also requires the Bank to adopt a contingency funding plan to adequately address contingency funding sources and appropriately reduce contingency funding reliance on off-balance sheet sources and develop an adequate amount of on-balance sheet liquidity for contingency funding purposes. The Bank has since revised its current liquidity policy and has developed a contingency funding plan. The Bank’s liquidity ratio has also increased significantly since the Order’s inception.
The Order also requires that the Bank prepare and submit a revised business plan, that is to include a comprehensive budget, and a 3 year strategic plan, and to further revise its investment policy. The Bank has since prepared a comprehensive budget, revised the investment policy and developed a revised business plan and 3 year strategic plan, all of which are reviewed and updated on at least an annual basis.
Management believes it has taken the required steps to substantially address the terms of the Order and Written Agreement. However ultimately, compliance with the Order and Written Agreement will continue to be determined by the issuing regulatory agencies through quarterly monitoring and future examinations. The Bank’s most recent regulatory examination concluded in early 2012 and a final report of examination is still pending. Therefore, the Company and the Bank cannot confirm compliance with the full scope of the Order or the Written Agreement at this time.
The forgoing discussion of the Order and Written Agreement are qualified by reference to the complete text of the Order and Written Agreement, which can be found in the Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 10, 2010, and March 8, 2010, respectively. See also Note 22. Regulatory Order and Written Agreement, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K.
General
The Company and the Bank are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. These regulations are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the deposit insurance fund, and secondarily for the stability of the U.S. banking system. They are not intended for the benefit of shareholders of financial institutions. From time to time, federal and state legislation is enacted which may have the effect of materially increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial services providers. Set forth below is a summary description of certain laws that relate to the regulation of the Company and the Bank. The description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations. The following requirements and limitations are separate and distinct from the Order and Written Agreement, discussed above.
The Company
The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Bank Holding Company Act”), and is registered as such with, and subject to the supervision of, the Federal Reserve Board. The Company is required to file quarterly and annual reports with the Federal Reserve Board, and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act. The Federal Reserve Board may conduct examinations of bank holding companies and related subsidiaries.
8
Table of Contents
The Company is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of the voting shares of any bank if, after giving effect to such acquisition of shares, the Company would own or control more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank. Prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board is also required for the merger or consolidation of the Company with another bank holding company.
The Company is prohibited by the Bank Holding Company Act, except in certain statutorily prescribed instances, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company and from engaging, directly or indirectly, in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to its subsidiaries. However, the Company may, subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board, engage in any, or acquire shares of companies engaged in, activities that are deemed by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. See discussion under “Financial Modernization Legislation” below for additional information.
The Federal Reserve Board may require that the Company terminate an activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest subsidiaries or affiliates when the Federal Reserve Board determines that the activity or the control or the subsidiary or affiliates constitutes a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any of its banking subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve Board also has the authority to regulate provisions of certain bank holding company debt, including authority to impose interest ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt. Under certain circumstances, the Company must file written notice and obtain approval from the Federal Reserve Board prior to purchasing or redeeming its equity securities.
Under the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe and unsound manner. In addition, it is the Federal Reserve Board’s policy that in serving as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks, a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve Board to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice, or a violation of the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, or both. The Dodd-Frank Act (discussed in more detail below) added additional guidance regarding the source of strength doctrine and directed the federal bank regulatory agencies to promulgate new regulations to increase the capital requirements for bank holding companies to a level that matches those of their subsidiary banking institutions.
The Company and the Bank are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of property or furnishing of services. For example, with certain exceptions, neither the Company nor the Bank may condition an extension of credit to a customer on either (1) a requirement that the customer obtain additional services provided by us or (2) an agreement by the customer to refrain from obtaining other services from a competitor.
The Bank
The Bank is chartered under the laws of the State of California and its deposits are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law. The Bank is subject to the supervision of, and is regularly examined by, the DFI and the FDIC. For the Bank, such supervision and regulation includes comprehensive reviews of all major aspects of the Bank’s business and condition.
Various requirements and restrictions under the laws of the United States and the State of California affect the operations of the Bank. Federal and California statutes relate to many aspects of the Bank’s operations, including reserves against deposits, interest rates payable on deposits, loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowings, dividends and locations of branch offices. Further, the Bank is required to maintain certain levels of capital.
If, as a result of an examination of a bank, the FDIC or the DFI should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of a bank’s operations are unsatisfactory or that a bank or its respective management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, various remedies are available to these regulatory agencies.
9
Table of Contents
Such remedies include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, direct an increase in capital, restrict growth, assess civil monetary penalties, remove officers and directors, and ultimately to terminate deposit insurance, which for a California chartered bank would result in a revocation of the bank’s charter.
Please also refer to the section entitled “Regulatory Order and Written Agreement” discussed earlier in the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1. Business of this Form 10-K.
Capital Standards
The federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based capital adequacy guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions resulting in asset recognition on the balance sheet, and the extension of credit facilities such as letters of credit and recourse arrangements, which are recorded as off balance sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit equivalent amounts of off balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 0% for assets with low credit risk, such as certain U.S. Treasury securities, to 100% for assets with relatively high credit risk, such as loans.
A banking organization’s risk-based capital ratios are determined by dividing its qualifying capital by its total risk adjusted assets and off balance sheet items. A banking organization’s or holding company’s capital is generally classified into one of two tiers. Tier I capital consists primarily of common equity, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (cumulative perpetual preferred stock for bank holding companies) and minority interests in certain subsidiaries, less most intangible assets, any disallowed portion of deferred tax assets and certain other limitations. Tier II capital may consist of a limited amount of the allowance for loan losses, cumulative preferred stock, long term preferred stock, eligible term subordinated debt and certain other instruments with characteristics of equity. The inclusion of elements of Tier II capital is subject to certain other requirements and limitations of the federal banking agencies. The federal banking agencies require a minimum ratio of total qualifying capital to risk-adjusted assets of 8%, a minimum ratio of Tier I capital to risk-adjusted assets of 4%, and a minimum amount of Tier I capital to total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio, of 4%. However, the Bank’s Order requires higher levels of capital including a leverage ratio of 10% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 11.5%.
Regulatory agencies have the discretion to set individual minimum capital requirements for specific institutions at levels significantly above the minimum guidelines and ratios. Future changes in regulations or practices could further reduce the amount of capital recognized or increase the minimum amount of capital required for capital adequacy purposes. Such a change could affect the ability of the Company to grow and could restrict the amount of profits, if any, available for the payment of dividends. In addition, the DFI has authority to take possession of the business and properties of a bank in the event that the tangible shareholders’ equity of a Bank is less than the greater of (i) 3% of the bank’s total assets or (ii) $1,000,000.
For additional details see Note 12. Regulatory Matters, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K. See also “Capital” within Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Form 10-K.
Prompt Corrective Action and Other Enforcement Mechanisms
An institution that, based upon its capital levels, is classified as “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized” or “undercapitalized” may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such treatment. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions. In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, banking organizations may be subject to potential enforcement actions by the federal banking agencies for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. These actions may include: the imposition of a conservator or receiver or the issuance of a cease-and-desist order that can be judicially enforced; the termination of deposit insurance; the imposition of civil money penalties; the issuance of directives to increase capital; the issuance of formal and informal agreements; the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties; and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders based upon a judicial determination that the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted.
10
Table of Contents
Additionally, a holding company’s inability to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banking organizations could serve as an additional basis for a regulatory action against the holding company. Please also refer to the section entitled “Regulatory Order and Written Agreement” discussed earlier in the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1. Business of this Form 10-K.
Safety and Soundness Standards
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”) imposes certain specific restrictions on transactions and requires federal banking regulators to adopt overall safety and soundness standards for depository institutions related to internal control, loan underwriting, documentation and asset growth. Among other things, FDICIA limits the interest rates paid on deposits by undercapitalized institutions, restricts the use of brokered deposits, limits the aggregate extensions of credit by a depository institution to an executive officer, director, principal shareholder or related interest and reduces deposit insurance coverage for deposits offered by undercapitalized institutions for deposits by certain employee benefits accounts. The federal banking agencies may require an institution to submit to an acceptable compliance plan as well as have the flexibility to pursue other more appropriate or effective courses of action given the specific circumstances and severity of an institution’s noncompliance with one or more standards.
Federal Deposit Insurance Reform
The FDIC currently maintains the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”), which was created in 2006 in the merger of the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund. The deposit accounts of our subsidiary bank are insured by the DIF to the maximum amount provided by law. The general insurance limit is $250 thousand, but for non-interest bearing transaction accounts, there is unlimited insurance coverage until January 1, 2013. This insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.
As insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by DIF-insured institutions. It also may prohibit any DIF-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the DIF. The FDIC also has the authority to take enforcement actions against insured institutions.
The FDIC assesses deposit insurance premiums on each insured institution quarterly based on annualized rates for one of four risk categories. Under the rules in effect through March 31, 2011, these rates are applied to the institution’s deposits. Each institution is assigned to one of four risk categories based on its capital, supervisory ratings and other factors. Well capitalized institutions that are financially sound with only a few minor weaknesses are assigned to Risk Category I. Risk Categories II, III and IV present progressively greater risks to the DIF. A range of initial base assessment rates applies to each Risk Category, subject to adjustments based on an institution’s unsecured debt, secured liabilities and brokered deposits, such that the total base assessment rates after adjustments range from 7 to 24 basis points for Risk Category I, 17 to 43 basis points for Risk Category II, 27 to 58 basis points for Risk Category III, and 40 to 77.5 basis points for Risk Category IV.
As required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), more fully described below, the FDIC has adopted rules effective April 1, 2011, under which insurance premium assessments are based on an institution’s total assets minus its tangible equity (defined as Tier 1 capital) instead of its deposits. Under these rules, an institution with total assets of less than $10 billion will be assigned to a Risk Category as described above, and a range of initial base assessment rates will apply to each category, subject to adjustment downward based on unsecured debt issued by the institution and, except for an institution in Risk Category I, adjustment upward if the institution’s brokered deposits exceed 10% of its domestic deposits, to produce total base assessment rates. Total base assessment rates range from 2.5 to 9 basis points for Risk Category I, 9 to 24 basis points for Risk Category II, 18 to 33 basis points for Risk Category III, and 30 to 45 basis points for Risk Category IV, all subject to further adjustment upward if the institution holds more than a de minimis amount of unsecured debt issued by another FDIC-insured institution. The FDIC may increase or decrease its rates by 2.0 basis points without further rulemaking. In an emergency, the FDIC may also impose a special assessment.
For a bank that has had total assets of $10 billion or more for four consecutive quarters, effective for assessments for the second quarter of 2011 and payable at the end of September 2011, FDIC regulations require the bank to be assessed quarterly for deposit insurance under a scorecard method. The scorecard method uses a performance score and a loss severity score, which are combined and converted into an initial base assessment rate. The performance score is based on measures of the bank’s ability to withstand asset-related stress and funding-related stress and weighted CAMELS ratings. The loss severity score is a measure of potential losses to the FDIC in the event of the bank’s failure. Under a formula, the performance score and loss severity score are combined and converted to a total score that determines the bank’s initial base assessment rate. The FDIC has the discretion to alter the total score based on factors not captured by the scorecard. The resulting initial base assessment rate is subject to adjustments downward based on long term unsecured debt issued by the bank, to adjustment upward based on long term unsecured debt held by the bank that is issued by other FDIC-insured institutions, and to further adjustment upward if the bank’s brokered deposits exceed 10% of its domestic deposits. Modifications to the scorecard method may apply to certain “highly complex institutions.”
11
Table of Contents
In addition, all institutions with deposits insured by the FDIC are required to pay assessments to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, a mixed-ownership government corporation established to recapitalize a predecessor to the Deposit Insurance Fund. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2019.
Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or written agreement entered into with the FDIC. The management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.
On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted regulations that required insured depository institutions to prepay on December 30, 2009, their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and all of 2010, 2011 and 2012, along with their quarterly risk-based assessment for the fourth quarter of 2009. Because of its condition at the time, the Bank was not required to pre-pay any assessments.
Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has established 2.0% as the designated reserve ratio (DRR), that is, the ratio of the DIF to insured deposits. The FDIC has adopted a plan under which it will meet the statutory minimum DRR of 1.35% by September 30, 2020, the deadline imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to offset the effect on institutions with assets less than $10 billion of the increase in the statutory minimum DRR to 1.35% from the former statutory minimum of 1.15%. The FDIC has not yet announced how it will implement this offset or how larger institutions will be affected by it.
On November 9, 2010 and January 18, 2011, the FDIC (as mandated by Section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act) adopted rules providing for unlimited deposit insurance for traditional noninterest-bearing transaction accounts and IOLTA accounts for two years starting December 31, 2010. This coverage applies to all insured deposit institutions, and there is no separate FDIC assessment for the insurance. Furthermore, this unlimited coverage is separate from, and in addition to, the coverage provided to depositors with respect to other accounts held at an insured depository institution.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the sweeping financial regulatory reform act entitled the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) that implements significant changes to the regulation of the financial services industry, including provisions that, among other things:
· Centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency within the Federal Reserve Board, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, with broad rulemaking, supervision and enforcement authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that would apply to all banks and thrifts. Smaller financial institutions, including the Bank, primarily will be subject to the supervision and enforcement of their primary federal banking regulator with respect to the federal consumer financial protection laws.
· Apply the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to bank holding companies.
· Require the FDIC to seek to make its capital requirements for banks countercyclical so that the amount of capital required to be maintained increases in times of economic expansion and decreases in times of economic contraction.
· Change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to consolidated assets less tangible capital.
· Implement corporate governance revisions, including executive compensation and proxy access by stockholders.
12
Table of Contents
· Make permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and increase the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000, and provide unlimited federal deposit insurance until January 1, 2013 for non-interest bearing demand transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions.
· Repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits effective July 21, 2011, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.
Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking by various regulatory agencies and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on the Company, its customers or the financial industry more generally. Provisions in the legislation that require revisions to the capital requirements of the Company and the Bank could require the Company and the Bank to seek additional sources of capital in the future.
Financial Services Modernization Legislation
On November 12, 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “Financial Services Modernization Act”) was signed into law. The Financial Services Modernization Act is intended to modernize the banking industry by removing barriers to affiliation among banks, insurance companies, the securities industry and other financial service providers. It provides financial organizations with the flexibility of structuring such affiliations through a holding company structure or through a financial subsidiary of a bank, subject to certain limitations. The Financial Services Modernization Act establishes a new type of bank holding company, known as a financial holding company, which may engage in an expanded list of activities that are “financial in nature,” which include securities and insurance brokerage, securities underwriting, insurance underwriting and merchant banking. The Company has not sought “financial holding company” status and has no present plans to do so.
The Financial Services Modernization Act also sets forth a system of functional regulation that makes the Federal Reserve Board the “umbrella supervisor” for holding companies, while providing for the supervision of the holding company’s subsidiaries by other federal and state agencies.
In addition, the Bank is subject to other provisions of the Financial Services Modernization Act, including those relating to the Community Reinvestment Act, privacy and safe-guarding confidential customer information, regardless of whether the Company elects to become a financial holding company or to conduct activities through a financial subsidiary of the Bank. The Company does not, however, currently intend to file notice with the Federal Reserve Board to become a financial holding company or to engage in expanded financial activities through a financial subsidiary of the Bank.
Community Reinvestment Act
The Bank is subject to certain fair lending requirements and reporting obligations involving home mortgage lending operations and Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) activities. The CRA generally requires the federal banking agencies to evaluate the record of a financial institution in meeting the credit needs of their local communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. In addition to substantial penalties and corrective measures that may be required for a violation of certain fair lending laws, the federal banking agencies may take compliance with such laws and CRA into account when regulating and supervising other activities. When a bank holding company applies for approval to acquire a bank or another bank holding company, the Federal Reserve Board will review the assessment of each subsidiary bank of the applicant bank holding company and such records may be the basis for denying the application. A bank’s compliance with its CRA obligations is based on a performance-based evaluation system which bases CRA ratings on an institution’s lending service and investment performance, resulting in a rating by the appropriate bank regulatory agency of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “substantial noncompliance.” In its last reported examination by the FDIC in 2008, the Bank received a CRA rating of “Satisfactory.” The Bank was examined for CRA compliance in November, 2011, but has not received a final rating at this time.
Privacy
Federal banking rules limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. Pursuant to these rules, financial institutions must provide initial notices to customers about privacy policies that describe the conditions under which the institutions may disclose non-public information to nonaffiliated third parties and affiliates. In addition, financial institutions must provide annual privacy policy notices to current customers and a reasonable method for customers to “opt out” of disclosures to nonaffiliated third parties.
13
Table of Contents
These privacy provisions affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. We have implemented our privacy policies in accordance with the law. In recent years, a number of states have implemented their own versions of privacy laws. For example, in 2003, California adopted standards that are more restrictive than federal law, allowing bank customers the opportunity to bar financial companies from sharing information with affiliates.
The Company and the Bank do not believe that the Financial Services Modernization Act will have a material adverse effect on its operations in the near-term. However, to the extent that it permits banks, securities firms, and insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience further consolidation. The Financial Services Modernization Act is intended to grant to community banks certain powers as a matter of right that larger institutions have accumulated on an ad hoc basis. Nevertheless, this act may have the result of increasing the amount of competition that the Company faces from larger institutions and other types of companies offering financial products, many of which may have substantially more financial resources than the Company.
USA Patriot Act of 2001
On October 26, 2001, The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism, or the Patriot Act, of 2001 was signed into law. Among other things, the Patriot Act (i) prohibits banks from providing correspondent accounts directly to foreign shell banks; (ii) imposes due diligence requirements on banks opening or holding accounts for foreign financial institutions or wealthy foreign individuals; (iii) requires financial institutions to establish an anti-money-laundering compliance program; and (iv) eliminates civil liability for persons who file suspicious activity reports.
The Patriot Act also increases governmental powers to investigate terrorism, including expanded government access to account records and to make rules to implement the Patriot Act. On March 9, 2006, the USA Patriot Improvement and Reauthorization Act was signed into law which extended and modified the original act. While we believe the Patriot Act, as amended and reauthorized, may, to some degree, affect our operations, we do not believe that it will have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.
Transactions between Affiliates
Transactions between a bank and its “affiliates” are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under the Federal Reserve Act. The Federal Reserve Board issued Regulation W on October 31, 2002 which comprehensively implements Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. Sections 23A and 23B and Regulation W restrict loans by a depository institution to its affiliates, asset purchases by a depository institution from its affiliates and other transactions between a depository institution and its affiliates. Regulation W unifies in one public document the Federal Reserve Board’s interpretations of Section 23A and 23B. Regulation W had an effective date of April 1, 2003. As the sole active subsidiary of the Company, the Bank’s only affiliate transaction relationship under the auspices of the Federal Reserve Act is its relationship with the Company.
Predatory Lending
The term “predatory lending,” much like the terms “safety and soundness” and “unfair and deceptive practices,” is far-reaching and covers a potentially broad range of behavior. As such, it does not lend itself to a concise or a comprehensive definition. But typically predatory lending involves at least one, and perhaps all three, of the following elements: making unaffordable loans based on the assets of the borrower rather than on the borrower’s ability to repay an obligation, or asset-based lending; inducing a borrower to refinance a loan repeatedly in order to charge high points and fees each time the loan is refinanced, or loan flipping; and engaging in fraud or deception to conceal the true nature of the loan obligation from an unsuspecting or unsophisticated borrower.
Federal Reserve Board regulations aimed at curbing such lending significantly widened the pool of high-cost home-secured loans covered by the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, a federal law that requires extra disclosures and consumer protections to borrowers.
The following loan transaction characteristics trigger coverage under the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994: interest rates for first lien mortgage loans in excess of 8 percentage points above comparable Treasury securities; subordinate-lien loans of 10 percentage points above Treasury securities; and fees such as optional insurance and similar debt protection costs paid in connection with the credit transaction, when combined with points and fees if deemed excessive.
14
Table of Contents
In addition, the regulation bars loan flipping by the same lender or loan servicer within a year. Lenders also will be presumed to have violated the law which says loans shouldn’t be made to people unable to repay them, unless they document that the borrower has the ability to repay. Lenders that violate the rules face cancellation of loans and penalties equal to the finance charges paid. The Company does not expect these rules and potential state action in this area to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
Bank Secrecy Act and Money Laundering Control Act
In 1970, Congress passed the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act, otherwise known as the Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA”), which established requirements for recordkeeping and reporting by banks and other financial institutions. The BSA was designed to help identify the source, volume and movement of currency and other monetary instruments into and out of the United States in order to help detect and prevent money laundering connected with drug trafficking, terrorism and other criminal activities. The primary tool used to implement BSA requirements is the filing of Suspicious Activity Reports. Today, the BSA requires that all banking institutions develop and provide for the continued administration of a program reasonably designed to assure and monitor compliance with certain recordkeeping and reporting requirements regarding both domestic and international currency transactions. These programs must, at a minimum, provide for a system of internal controls to assure ongoing compliance, provide for independent testing of such systems and compliance, designate individuals responsible for such compliance and provide appropriate personnel training.
Government Actions in Response to the Financial Crises
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act
In response to the financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets in recent years, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act (“EESA”) was signed into law on October 3, 2008 and established the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”). As part of TARP, the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) established the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) to provide up to $700 billion of funding to eligible financial institutions through the purchase of capital stock and other financial instruments for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets. In connection with EESA, there have been numerous actions by the FRB, Congress and the Treasury, the FDIC, the SEC and others to further the economic and banking industry stabilization efforts under EESA. It remains unclear at this time what further legislative and regulatory measures will be implemented under EESA affecting the Company.
The Company participated in the CPP and on March 20, 2009 issued and sold 21,000 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock to Treasury and issued a warrant for the purchase of 611,650 shares, in exchange for $21.0 million. For further details on the Company’s participation in the CPP, please see Note 21. Preferred Stock, of the consolidated financial statements filed in this Form 10-K. Because of the Company’s participation in the CPP, it is subject to certain limitations on executive compensation and the payment of dividends.
American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009
On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was signed into law. ARRA is intended to provide tax breaks for individuals and businesses, direct aid to distressed states and individuals and provide infrastructure spending. In addition, ARRA imposes new executive compensation and expenditure limits on all previous and future TARP recipients and expands the class of employees to whom the limits and restrictions apply. ARRA also provides the opportunity for additional repayment flexibility for existing TARP recipients. Among other things, ARRA prohibits the payment of bonuses, other incentive compensation and severance to certain highly paid employees (except in the form of restricted stock subject to specified limitations and conditions) and requires each TARP recipient to comply with certain other executive compensation related requirements. These provisions modify the executive compensation provisions that were included in EESA and, in most instances, apply retroactively for so long as any obligation arising from financial assistance provided to the recipient under TARP remains outstanding.
15
Table of Contents
In addition, ARRA directs the Treasury to review previously-paid bonuses, retention awards and other compensation paid to the senior executive officers and certain other highly-compensated employees of each TARP recipient to determine whether any such payments were excessive, inconsistent with the purposes of ARRA or the TARP, or otherwise contrary to the public interest. If the Treasury determines that any such payments have been made by a TARP recipient, the Treasury will seek to negotiate with the TARP recipient and the subject employee for appropriate reimbursements to the U.S. government (not the TARP recipient) with respect to any such compensation or bonuses. ARRA also permits the Treasury, subject to consultation with the appropriate federal banking agency, to allow a TARP recipient to repay any assistance previously provided to such TARP recipient under the TARP, without regard to whether the TARP recipient has replaced such funds from any source, and without regard to any waiting period. Any TARP recipient that repays its TARP assistance pursuant to this provision would no longer be subject to the executive compensation provisions under ARRA.
Future Legislation and Regulatory Initiatives
Various other legislative and regulatory initiatives, including proposals to overhaul the banking regulatory system are from time to time introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as regulatory agencies. Future legislation regarding financial institutions may change banking statutes, the operating environment of the Company and the Bank in substantial and unpredictable ways and could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance depending upon whether any of this potential legislation will be enacted. If enacted, the effect of implementing regulations could impact positively or negatively, the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and/or the Bank. The nature and extent of future legislative and regulatory changes affecting financial institutions is unpredictable at this time. The Company cannot determine the ultimate effect that such potential legislation, if enacted, would have upon its financial condition or operations.
Where You Can Find More Information
Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Sections 13 and 15(d), periodic and current reports must be filed with the SEC. The Company electronically files the following reports with the SEC: Form 10-K (Annual Report), Form 10-Q (Quarterly Report), Form 8-K (Current Report), insider ownership reports and Form DEF 14A (Proxy Statement). The Company may file additional forms. The SEC maintains an Internet site, www.sec.gov, in which all forms filed electronically may be accessed. Additionally, all forms filed with the SEC and additional shareholder information is available free of charge on the Company’s website: www.heritageoaksbancorp.com. The Company posts these reports to its website as soon as reasonably practicable after filing them with the SEC. None of the information on or hyperlinked from the Company’s website is incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The Company also posts its Committee Charters, Code of Ethics, Code of Conduct and Corporate Governance Guidelines on the Company website.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent to our business. The material risks and uncertainties that Management believes may affect our business are described below. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing our business. Additional risks and uncertainties that Management is not aware of or that Management currently deems immaterial may also impair our business operations. This Annual Report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.
If any of the following risks actually occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of our common stock could decline significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
16
Table of Contents
Risks Associated With Our Business
Our Banking subsidiary is operating under a Consent Order with the FDIC and DFI and the Company is operating under a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco to address, among other things, lending, credit and capital related issues.
In light of the challenging operating environment, along with our elevated level of non-performing assets, delinquencies and adversely classified assets, we are subject to increased regulatory scrutiny and additional regulatory restrictions and became subject to certain enforcement actions under a Consent Order issued by the FDIC and DFI to the Bank on March 4, 2010 and Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Board entered into on March 4, 2010. These enforcement actions followed the FDIC’s regularly scheduled examination of our banking subsidiary during the fourth quarter of 2009 and are based on discussions the Bank had with its examiners following the examination. Such enforcement actions place limitations on our business and may adversely affect our ability to implement our business plans. These enforcement actions require, among other things, the Bank to take certain steps to strengthen its balance sheet, such as reducing the level of classified assets, increasing capital levels and addressing other criticisms of the examination. These enforcement actions are more fully discussed in “Supervision and Regulation – Regulatory Order and Written Agreement” and Note 22. Regulatory Order and Written Agreement, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K. If the Company fails to comply with these enforcement actions, it may become subject to further regulatory enforcement actions up to and including the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Bank.
The regulatory agencies have the authority to restrict our operations to those consistent with adequately capitalized institutions. For example, the regulatory agencies have imposed restrictions that place limitations on our lending activities and our ability to complete acquisitions. The regulatory agencies also have the power to limit the rates paid by the Bank to attract retail deposits in its local markets.
Although We Have Been Able to Reduce the Overall Level of Classified Assets, the Level Still Remains Elevated as Compared to Our Long-term Experience and Exposes Us to Increased Lending Risk. Further, if Our Allowance for Loan Losses is Insufficient to Absorb Losses in Our Loan Portfolio, Our Earnings May Decline
If the level of loans the Bank currently categorizes as substandard and doubtful do not perform according to their terms and/or the underlying collateral for such loans is insufficient to cover the Bank’s recorded investment, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to absorb potential losses. This could result in additional loan losses which may adversely impact our operating results. Further, although we have made strides in resolving the level of classified assets in the last year, our level of remaining classified assets will still take time to resolve. While we believe that we are making progress in identifying and resolving classified assets, no assurance can be given that we will continue to make progress, particularly if the local economies in which we operate suffer further deterioration.
We believe that the Company’s allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level adequate to absorb probable, estimable losses inherent in our loan portfolio as of the corresponding balance sheet date. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the probability of such borrowers making payments, as well as the value of real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may be insufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. Our regulators, as an integral part of their regular examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase it by recognizing additional provisions for loan losses or to decrease our allowance for loan losses by recognizing loan charge-offs. Any additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, as required by these regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We Are Highly Dependent On Real Estate and Any Further Downturn in the Real Estate Market May Hurt Our Business
A significant portion of our loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate. Although we have seen, what we believe are the early signs of stabilization in the local economies in which we operate, a renewed decline in economic conditions, the local housing market or rising interest rates could have an adverse effect on the demand for new loans, the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, the value of real estate and other collateral securing loans or the value of real estate owned by us, any combination of which could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations and the market value of our common stock.
In addition, a large portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate that is subject to risks related to acts of nature, including earthquakes, floods and fires. To the extent that these events occur, they may cause uninsured damage and other loss of value to real estate that secures these loans, which may also negatively impact our financial condition.
17
Table of Contents
We Have a Concentration in Higher Risk Commercial Real Estate Loans
We have a high concentration in commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans. CRE loans, as defined by final guidance issued by Bank regulators, are defined as construction, land development, other land loans, loans secured by multi-family (5 or more units) residential properties and loans secured by non-farm non-residential properties. Following this definition, approximately 55.4% of our lending portfolio can be classified as CRE lending as of December 31, 2011. CRE loans generally involve a higher degree of credit risk than certain other types of lending due, among other things, to the generally large amounts loaned to individual borrowers. Losses incurred on loans to a small number of borrowers could have a material adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition. In addition, commercial real estate loans generally depend on the cash flow from the property to service the debt. Cash flow may be adversely affected by general economic conditions, which may result in non-performance by certain borrowers.
Additionally, federal banking regulators recently issued final guidance regarding commercial real estate lending. This guidance suggests that institutions that are potentially exposed to significant commercial real estate concentration risk will be subject to increased regulatory scrutiny. Institutions that have experienced rapid growth in commercial real estate lending, have notable exposure to a specific type of commercial real estate lending or are approaching or exceed certain supervisory criteria that measure an institution’s commercial real estate portfolio against its capital levels, may be subject to increased regulatory scrutiny. We are subject to increased regulatory scrutiny because of our commercial real estate portfolio and, as a result, the Bank developed and implemented a plan to systematically reduce the amount of loans within this category as required in the Consent Order issued to the Bank on March 4, 2010.
Liquidity Risk Could Impair Our Ability to Fund Operations and Jeopardize Our Financial Condition
Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity due to a market downturn or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to acquire deposits or borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a severe disruption of the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry in general.
We Depend on Cash Dividends from Our Subsidiary Bank to Meet Our Cash Obligations, but Our Consent Order and Written Agreement Prohibit the Payment of Such Dividends without Prior Regulatory Approval Which May Impair Our Ability to Fulfill Our Obligations
As a holding company, dividends from our subsidiary bank provide a substantial portion of our cash flow used to service the interest payments on our trust preferred securities, our preferred stock and other obligations, including any cash dividends. Various statutory provisions restrict the amount of dividends our subsidiary bank can pay to us without regulatory approval. As outlined in the Consent Order and Written Agreement, previously mentioned, the Bank cannot pay any cash dividends or other payments to the holding company without prior written consent of the regulatory authorities. Additionally, the Company cannot declare or pay any dividends (including those on outstanding preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program) or make any distributions of principal, interest or other sums on its trust preferred securities without prior written approval of the Federal Reserve. If we defer six dividend payments, the U.S. Treasury will have the right to appoint two directors to our Board. As of December 31, 2011, we had deferred 7 payments. The Treasury has assigned an observer to our Board of Directors, but to date we have not been notified of their intent to appoint directors to our Board.
The Recent Recession and Changes in Domestic and Foreign Financial Markets Have Adversely Affected Our Industry and May Have a Material Impact on Our Operating Results and Financial Condition
The recent recession has resulted in significant business failures and job losses. Further, dramatic declines in the housing market with decreasing home prices and increasing delinquencies and foreclosures, have negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage and construction loans and resulted in significant losses to many financial institutions. Concerns over the stability of the financial markets and the economy have resulted in decreased lending by financial institutions to customers and to each other. This market turmoil and tightening of credit has led to increased commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of customer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and businesses and volatility in the financial markets may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price. Although we believe we have seen the early signs of stabilization in these conditions in our local market, these challenging conditions may not improve or may again begin to deteriorate in the near future and we may face the following risks as a result:
· Increased regulation of our industry, compliance with which may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.
· The process we use to estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic conditions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay loans. The level of uncertainty concerning economic conditions may adversely affect the accuracy of our estimates which may, in turn, impact the reliability of the process.
18
Table of Contents
· The value of the portfolio of investment securities that we hold may be adversely affected.
· Higher FDIC premiums because market developments have significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits.
If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, to our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We Cannot Accurately Predict the Effect of the Current Economic Downturn on Our Future Results of Operations or Market Price of Our Stock
The national economy and the financial services sector in particular remain challenged with weakness in the broader economy despite high levels of government stimulus. We cannot accurately predict the severity or duration of the current economic downturn, which has adversely impacted the markets we serve. Any further deterioration in the economies of the nation as a whole or in our markets would have an adverse effect which could be material on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and could also cause the market price of our stock to decline.
Financial Reform Legislation Will, among Other Things, Tighten Capital Standards, Create A New Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and Result in New Regulations that Are Expected to Increase Our Costs of Operations.
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law. This law significantly changes the current bank regulatory structure and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.
Among the many requirements in the Dodd-Frank Act for new banking regulations is a requirement for new capital regulations to be adopted within 18 months. These regulations must be at least as stringent as, and may call for higher levels of capital than, current regulations. Generally, trust preferred securities will no longer be eligible as Tier 1 capital, but the Company’s currently outstanding trust preferred securities will be grandfathered and its currently outstanding TARP preferred securities will continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital. In addition, the FDIC, along with other federal bank regulators, is required to seek to make its capital requirements for the banks it regulates, such as the Bank, countercyclical so that capital requirements increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction.
Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to have a near term impact on us. For example, one year after the date of its enactment, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on our interest expense.
The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution and are generally expected to increase for institutions having total assets in excess of $10 billion. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2008, and non-interest bearing transaction accounts and IOLTA accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2013.
In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act increased the authority of the Federal Reserve Board to examine the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries and gave the Federal Reserve Board the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for an electronic debit transaction by a payment card issuer that, together with its affiliates, has assets of $10 billion or more, and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer. By regulation, the Federal Reserve Board has limited the fees for such a transaction to the sum of 21 cents plus five basis points times the value of the transaction, plus up to one cent for fraud prevention costs. While this rule does not apply to us directly because our asset size is less than $10 billion, such limits place practical limitations in the financial services marketplace on such fees. The Dodd-Frank Act also restricts proprietary trading by banks, bank holding companies and others, and their acquisition and retention of ownership interests in and sponsorship of hedge funds and private equity funds, subject to an exception allowing a bank to organize and offer hedge funds and private equity funds to customers if certain conditions are met, including, among others, a requirement that the bank limit its ownership interest in any single fund to 3% and its aggregate investment in all funds to 3% of Tier 1 capital, with no director or employee of the bank holding an ownership interest in the fund unless he or she provides services directly to the funds.
19
Table of Contents
The Dodd-Frank Act created a Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “CFPB”) with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets. The CFPB is beginning to issue rules and regulations, among them examination procedures for mortgage loan originators. It is not yet known the extent to which the regulatory activities of the CFPB will impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on the Company. However, compliance with this law and its implementing regulations has resulted, and will continue to result, in additional operating costs that could have a material adverse effect on our future financial condition and results of operations. For additional discussion of the Dodd-Frank Act, see “Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation-The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.”
The Downgrade of the U.S. Credit Rrating and Europe’s Debt Crisis Could Have a Material Adverse Effect on Our Business, Financial Condition and Liquidity.
Standard & Poor’s lowered its long term sovereign credit rating on the United States of America from AAA to AA+ on August 5, 2011. A further downgrade or a downgrade by other rating agencies could have a material adverse impact on financial markets and economic conditions in the United States and worldwide. Any such adverse impact could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Many of our investment securities are issued by U.S. government agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities.
In addition, the possibility that certain European Union (“EU”) member states will default on their debt obligations have negatively impacted economic conditions and global markets. The continued uncertainty over the outcome of international and the EU’s financial support programs and the possibility that other EU member states may experience similar financial troubles could further disrupt global markets. The negative impact on economic conditions and global markets could also have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
FDIC Deposit Insurance Assessments May Increase Substantially Which Would Adversely Affect Our Net Earnings
Although changes to the FDIC deposit insurance assessment base rate calculation reduced the level of insurance paid in 2011 to $2.5 million from the $2.7 million paid in 2010. These levels still remain elevated due to the existence of the Regulatory Order and Written Agreement. Although the Company currently expects the level of deposit insurance premiums to decline over 2012, they remain elevated as compared to pre-recession levels, which will impact future operating results.
Declines in the Value of Our Investment Portfolio Securities May Result in Impairment Charges and May Adversely Affect Our Financial Performance and Capital
We maintain an investment portfolio that includes, but is not limited to, mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds. Although we have seen an improvement in the overall market value of our investment portfolio in 2011, the market value of investments in our portfolio has become increasingly volatile over the last few years, largely due to disruptions in the capital markets. The market value of investments may be affected by factors other than the underlying performance of the servicer of the securities, or the mortgages underlying the securities, such as ratings downgrades, adverse changes in the business climate and a lack of liquidity in the secondary market for certain investment securities. Furthermore, problems at the federal and state government levels may trickle down to municipalities and adversely impact our investment in municipal bonds.
On a quarterly basis, we evaluate investments and other assets for impairment. We may be required to record impairment charges if our investments suffer a decline in value that is considered other-than-temporary. If we determine that a significant impairment has occurred, we would be required to charge the credit-related portion of the other-than-temporary impairment against earnings, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the periods in which the charges occur. For a more detailed discussion of investments the Company holds, including other than temporary impairment recognized during 2010, please see Note 2. Investments, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K.
20
Table of Contents
Our Business Is Subject To Interest Rate Risk and Changes in Interest Rates May Adversely Affect Our Performance and Financial Condition
Our earnings and cash flows are highly dependent upon net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets such as loans and securities and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowed funds. Our net interest income (including net interest spread and margin) and overall earnings are impacted by changes in interest rates and monetary policy. Changes in interest rates and monetary policy can impact the demand for new loans, the credit profile of our borrowers, the yields earned on loans and securities and rates paid on deposits and borrowings.
Management employs the use of an Asset and Liability Management software that is used to measure the Company’s exposure to future changes in interest rates. This model measures the expected cash flows and re-pricing of each financial asset/liability separately in measuring the Company’s interest rate sensitivity. Based on the results of this model, Management believes the Company’s balance sheet is slightly “liability sensitive.” This means that until such time as a substantial portion of the Company’s variable rate loan portfolio returns to rates above their floor levels, the Company would expect (all other things being equal) to experience a contraction in its net interest income if rates rise and conversely to experience expansion in net interest income, if rates fall. Although we believe our current level of interest rate sensitivity is reasonable, significant fluctuations in interest rates (such as a sudden and substantial increase in Prime and Overnight Fed Funds rates) as well as increasing competition may require the Bank to increase rates on deposits at a faster pace than the increase in the rate it earns on interest-earning assets. The impact of any sudden and substantial move in interest rates and/or increased competition may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as the Bank’s net interest income (including the net interest spread and margin) may be negatively impacted.
Additionally, a sustained decrease in market interest rates could adversely affect our earnings. When interest rates decline, borrowers tend to prepay existing higher-rate, fixed-rate loans by refinancing to lower interest rates loan. Under those circumstances, we may not be able to reinvest those prepayments in assets earning interest rates as high as the rates on the prepaid loans.
Failure to Successfully Execute Our Strategy May Adversely Affect Our Performance
Our financial performance and profitability depends on our ability to execute our corporate growth strategy. Continued growth, however, may present operating and other problems that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to execute our growth strategy or maintain the level of profitability that we have recently experienced.
Factors that may adversely affect our ability to attain our long-term financial performance goals include those stated elsewhere in this section, as well as: inability to control non-interest expense, including, but not limited to, rising employee compensation costs, regulatory compliance, healthcare cost, limitations imposed on us in the Consent Order and/or Written Agreement, inability to increase non-interest income and continuing ability to expand, through de novo branching or identifying acquisition targets at attractive valuation levels.
We Face Strong Competition from Financial Service and Other Companies That Offer Banking Service Which May Adversely Impact Our Business
The financial services business in our market areas is highly competitive. It is becoming increasingly competitive due to changes in regulation, technological advances and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial services providers. We face competition in attracting and retaining core business relationships. Increasing levels of competition in the banking and financial services business may reduce our market share, decrease loan demand, cause the prices we charge for our services to fall, result in a decline in the rates we charge on loans and/or cause higher rates to be paid on deposits. Therefore, our results may differ in future periods depending upon the nature and level of competition.
Additionally, technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions that historically have involved banks through alternative methods. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks.
21
Table of Contents
The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We May Not Be Able to Attract and Retain Skilled People
Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people can be intense and we may not be able to hire people or to retain them without offering very high compensation. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business because of their skills, knowledge of our market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.
Because of Our Participation in the Troubled Asset Relief Program (‘‘TARP’’), We Are Subject to Several Restrictions, Including Restrictions on Compensation Paid to Our Executives
Certain standards for executive compensation and corporate governance apply to us for the period during which the U.S. Treasury holds an equity position in us. These standards generally apply to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the three next most highly compensated senior executive officers. The standards include, among other things, (1) ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution; (2) required claw back of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive based on statements of earnings, gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate; (3) prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executives; and (4) agreement not to deduct for tax purposes, executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive. In particular, the change to the deductibility limit on executive compensation may increase the overall cost of our compensation programs in future periods. Pursuant to the ARRA, more commonly known as the economic stimulus recovery package, further compensation restrictions, including significant limitations on incentive compensation, have been imposed on our senior executive officers and most highly compensated employees. Such restrictions and any future restrictions on executive compensation, which may be adopted, could adversely affect our ability to hire and retain qualified senior executive officers.
Our Internal Operations Are Subject to a Number of Risks
We are subject to certain operations risks, including, but not limited to, data processing system failures and errors, customer or employee fraud and catastrophic failures resulting from terrorist acts or natural disasters. We maintain a system of internal controls to mitigate against such occurrences and maintain insurance coverage for such risks that are insurable, but should such an event occur that is not prevented or detected by our internal controls, uninsured or in excess of applicable insurance limits, it could have a significant adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
· Information Systems
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
· Technological Advances
The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements.
22
Table of Contents
We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.
· Severe Weather, Natural Disasters, Acts of War or Terrorism and Other External Events
Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit base; impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. For example, the Central Coast of California is subject to earthquakes and fires. Operations in our market could be disrupted by both the evacuation of large portions of the population as well as damage and or lack of access to our banking and operation facilities. While we have not experienced such an occurrence to date, other severe weather or natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism or other adverse external events may occur in the future. Although management has established disaster recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
· Reliance on Third Party Service Providers for Key Systems
The Company uses a third party software service provider to perform all of its transaction data processing. The Company also outsources other customer service applications, such as on-line banking, ACH and wire transfers, to third party vendors. If these service providers were to experience technical difficulties or incur any extended outages in services, it could have an adverse impact on the Company and its customers. Further, if the Company was required to switch service providers due to deterioration in service quality or other factors, there is no guarantee that it could obtain comparable services for a comparable price.
We are a Community Bank and our Ability to Maintain our Reputation is Critical to the Success of our Business and the Failure to Do So May Materially Adversely Affect our Performance
We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers and associates. If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees, or otherwise, our business and, therefore, our operating results may be materially adversely affected.
We Are Subject to Government Regulation That May Limit or Restrict Our Activities Which May Adversely Impact Our Operations
The financial services industry is regulated extensively. Federal and state regulation is designed primarily to protect the deposit insurance funds and consumers and not to benefit shareholders. These regulations can sometimes impose significant limitations on our operations. New laws and regulations or changes in existing laws and regulations or repeal of existing laws and regulations may adversely impact our business. We anticipate that continued compliance with various regulatory provisions will impact future operating expenses. Further, federal monetary policy, particularly as implemented through the Federal Reserve System, significantly affects economic conditions which may impact the Bank.
New Legislative and Regulatory Proposals May Affect Our Operations and Growth
Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks and financial institutions and federal insurance premiums paid by banks and financial institutions and companies that control such institutions are frequently raised in the U.S. Congress, state legislatures and before bank regulatory authorities. The likelihood of any major changes in the future and the impact such changes might have on us or our subsidiaries are impossible to determine. Similarly, proposals to change the accounting treatment applicable to banks and other depository institutions are frequently raised by the SEC, the federal banking agencies, the IRS and other appropriate authorities.
The likelihood and impact of any additional future changes in law or regulation and the impact such changes might have on us or our subsidiaries are impossible to determine at this time.
23
Table of Contents
Risks Associated With Our Stock
Our Participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) May Pose Certain Risks to Holders of Our Common Stock
Under the terms of the CPP, the Company sold to the U.S. Treasury $21.0 million in preferred stock and a warrant to purchase approximately $3.2 million of the Company’s common stock. Although the Company believes that its participation in the CPP is in the best interests of our shareholders in that it enhances Company and Bank capital and provides additional funds for future growth, it may pose certain risks to the holders of our common stock such as the following:
· Under the terms outlined by the U.S. Treasury for participants in the CPP, the Company issued a warrant to the U.S Treasury to purchase shares of its common stock. The issuance of this warrant may be dilutive to current common stockholders in that it reduces earnings per common share. Additionally, the ownership interest of the existing holders of our common stock will be diluted to the extent the warrant is exercised. The U.S. Treasury has the right to purchase 611,650 shares of our common stock at a price of $5.15 per share, which would result in an approximate 2.4% ownership interest.
· Although the U.S. Treasury has agreed not to vote any of the shares of common stock it receives upon exercise of the warrant, a transferee of any portion of the warrant or of any shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of the warrant is not bound by this restriction and therefore has the ability to become a shareholder of the Company and possess voting power.
· The preferred equity issued to the U.S. Treasury is non-voting; however, the terms of the CPP stipulate that the U.S. Treasury may vote its senior equity in matters deemed by the U.S. Treasury to have an impact on its holdings.
· The Purchase Agreement between the Company and the U.S Treasury provides that before the earlier of (1) March 20, 2012 and (2) the date on which all of the shares of the preferred stock have been redeemed by us or transferred by the U.S. Treasury to third parties, we may not, without consent of the U.S. Treasury, (a) increase the quarterly cash dividend on our common stock above $0.08 per share, the amount of the last quarterly cash dividend per share declared prior to October 14, 2008 or (b) subject to limited exceptions, redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire shares of our common stock or preferred stock other than the preferred stock. In addition, we are unable to pay any dividends on our common stock unless we are current in our dividend payments on the preferred stock. These restrictions, together with the potentially dilutive impact of the warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury, may have a negative effect on the value of our common stock.
· Although the Company does not foresee any material changes to the terms associated with its participation in the CPP, the U.S. Government, as a sovereign body, may at any time change the terms of our participation in the CPP and or significantly influence Company policy.
For more information about the Company’s participation in the CPP, see Note 21. Preferred Stock, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K.
Our Outstanding Preferred Stock Impacts Net Income Available to Our Common Stockholders and Earnings per Common Share and May be Dilutive to Common Stockholders
Accrued dividends and the accretion on our outstanding preferred stock reduce net income available to common stockholders and our earnings per common share. Additionally, our Series C Preferred Stock may be dilutive to common stockholders to the extent the Company is profitable and must consider the dilutive nature of these securities in its calculation of earnings per common share. Also, the Company’s preferred stock will receive preferential treatment in the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding-down.
Our Stock Trades Less Frequently Than Others
Although our common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market, the trading volume in our common stock is less than that of other larger financial service companies. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. Given the lower trading volume of our common stock, significant sales of our common stock, or the expectation of these sales, could cause our stock price to fall.
24
Table of Contents
Our Stock Price is Affected by a Variety of Factors
Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for investors to resell their common stock when they want and at prices they find attractive. Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors discussed in this section, including, among other things: actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations; recommendations by securities analysts; operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to our company; news reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry; and perceptions in the marketplace regarding our company and/or its competitors and the industry in which we operate.
These factors may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and could prevent shareholders from selling their common stock at or above the price they paid. In addition, the stock markets, from time to time, experience extreme price and volume fluctuations that may be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. These broad fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our trading performance.
Any Future Issuance of Preferred or Common Stock Adversely Affect the Market Price of Our Common Stock
We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of common stock or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock. We frequently evaluate opportunities to access the capital markets, taking into account our regulatory capital ratios, financial condition and other relevant considerations. In March of 2010, the Company raised gross proceeds of approximately $60.0 million though a private placement, as more fully disclosed in Note 21. Preferred Stock, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K. Any future issuances of equity may result in additional common shares outstanding and/or reduce the amount of income available to common shareholders.
In addition, we face significant regulatory and other governmental risk as a financial institution and as a participant in the CPP and it is possible that capital requirements and directives may, in the future, require us to change the amount or composition of our current capital including common equity. As a result we may determine we need, or our regulators may require us to raise additional capital. There may also be market perceptions regarding the capital we raised in 2010 or the need to raise additional capital, which may have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock.
Holders of Our Junior Subordinated Debentures Have Rights That Are Senior to Those of Our Common Shareholders
We have supported our continued growth through two issuances of trust preferred securities from two separate special purpose trusts, one of which was dissolved in 2010. At December 31, 2011, we had $8.0 million of trust preferred securities outstanding. Payments of the principal and interest on the trust preferred securities of these special purpose trusts are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by us. Further, the accompanying junior subordinated debentures we issued to the special purpose trusts are senior to our shares of common stock. As a result, we must make payments on the junior subordinated debentures before any dividends can be paid on our common stock and, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of the junior subordinated debentures must be satisfied before any distributions can be made on our common stock. We have the right to defer distributions on our junior subordinated debentures and the related trust preferred securities for up to five years during which time no cash dividends may be paid on our common stock.
Our Common Stock is Not an Insured Deposit
Our common stock is not a bank deposit and is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. Investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report and is subject to market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, if you acquire our common stock, you may lose some or all of your investment.
Our Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, As Well As Certain Banking Laws, May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect
Provisions of our articles of incorporation, bylaws and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to our shareholders. The combination of these provisions may hinder a non-negotiated merger or other business combination, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
25
Table of Contents
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2. Properties
The Company’s headquarters are located in a three story administrative facility from where all administrative functions are based. This facility is located at 1222 Vine Street in Paso Robles, California. The Bank operates branches within the counties of San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara. The Bank currently owns one of the branches that it occupies and leases the remaining branches from various parties.
In June of 2007, the Company sold four of its properties to First States Group, L.P. (“First States”), an unaffiliated party, in a sale-leaseback transaction for approximately $12.8 million. In connection with the sale, the Bank entered into four separate lease agreements with First States Investors, LLC to lease back three branches and one administrative facility. The three branches are located in Paso Robles, Arroyo Grande and Santa Maria, California. The administrative facility is located in Paso Robles, California. Each of the four leases contains an annual rent escalation clause equal to the lower of CPI-U (Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers) or 2.5 percent. Each of the four leases provide for an initial term of 15 years with the option to renew for two 10 year terms.
The Company believes its facilities are adequate for its present needs. The Company believes that the insurance coverage on all properties is adequate. Most of the leases contain multiple renewal options and provisions for rental increases, principally for changes in the cost of living index, property taxes and maintenance.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
The Bank is party to the following litigation:
Alpert, et al v. Cuesta Title Company, et al. San Luis Obispo County Sup. Ct. case no. CV 098220. Plaintiffs have sued a title company, title insurer, Hurst Financial and related individuals on a variety of claims related to Hurst Financial’s lending practices. The Bank, which made a commercial loan to a developer which also borrowed from Hurst Financial, was named in two causes of action alleging (1) negligence and (2) aiding and abetting Hurst Financial’s allegedly illegal lending practices. The Bank did not lend to any of the plaintiffs or to Hurst Financial, nor did the Bank have any contact whatsoever with the plaintiffs in relation to their transactions with Hurst Financial. The Bank has foreclosed upon and now owns one of the properties Hurst Financial purportedly financed for the developer using funds raised from the plaintiffs. The Bank believes the action against it is without merit. The matter has been tendered to the Bank’s insurance carrier, and the Bank is actively defending the case, which is now in the discovery phase. The Bank has successfully demurred to the cause of action for negligence. As such, the Bank anticipates a favorable outcome to the case and does not expect the litigation to have any significant financial impact to the Bank.
Gardality v. Heritage Oaks Bank, et al. San Diego County Sup. Ct. case no. 37-2010-00055218-CU-NC. Plaintiff sued the Bank and 157 other defendants. The pleading indicates the plaintiff’s claim is connected to funds he borrowed from Estate Financial, Inc. (“EFI”) as the developer of a real estate project. EFI was a customer of the Bank and is now a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding. The complaint was poorly written and legally deficient to the point where it is impossible to determine the nature or validity of the claim. The Bank had no contact with the plaintiff prior to service of the complaint and believes that plaintiff’s action against it is without merit. The matter was tendered to the Bank’s insurance carrier and the Bank actively defended the case.
The plaintiff dismissed the defective complaint against the Bank at the Bank’s request, and has not filed a new complaint under the original case number. However, on February 3, 2011, the Bank learned that Mr. Gardality filed a cross-complaint in San Luis Obispo County with similar allegations, San Luis Obispo County Sup. Ct. case no. CV 100365, which is a case filed against Mr. Gardality by the bankruptcy Trustee for EFI. The Bank appeared in that matter and challenged the sufficiency of the pleadings. The Court ruled in favor of the Bank on May 18, 2011 and dismissed the cross-complaint, awarding attorney’s fees to the Bank. Mr. Gardality appealed the dismissal of his claim and his appeal has been denied. At this time there is no litigation pending with Mr. Gardality and the Bank does not expect his claim to have any material financial impact to the Bank.
26
Table of Contents
Joao-Bock Transaction Systems, LLC v. Bank of Stockton, et al. USDC, Central District, Los Angeles case no. CV11 03526 DSF. Plaintiff sued the Bank and 15 other California banks claiming patent infringement relating to plaintiff’s claimed patent of certain on-line banking systems. The plaintiff has a history of filing infringement claims against banks relating to on-line banking software and systems. The Bank outsources its on-line banking systems from third party vendors, and has tendered the matter to those providers, as well as to its insurance carriers, for a defense. As of December 31, 2011, one of the vendors has agreed to defend the infringement claim, and the Bank is negotiating with the other vendor. The vendor’s counsel is defending the claim in cooperation with the Bank. Based on preliminary contact and negotiations with the plaintiff, the Bank does not expect the litigation to have any material financial impact to the bank.
On February, 21, 2012, the Bank and Company were served with a complaint, Santa Barbara County Superior Court case no. 1390870, by Corona Fruits & Veggies, Inc., and related entities seeking in excess of $2,000,000 in damages for a variety of claims including breach of contract, misrepresentation, interference with contractual relations and promissory estoppel. The focus of the claims is that the Bank promised to extend agricultural and equipment financing to plaintiffs and ultimately failed to do so, causing plaintiffs’ damages. The Bank has not had time to fully analyze the claims or determine to what extent, if any, all or part of the claims are potentially covered by insurance; however, the Bank denies that it acted improperly in any respect toward plaintiffs or that it breached an enforceable loan commitment and intends to vigorously defend the matter. The amount of potential loss to the Bank from this claim, if any, is unknown at this time.
Except as indicated above, neither the Company nor the Bank is involved in any legal proceedings other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. The majority of such proceedings have been initiated by the Bank in the process of collecting on delinquent loans. To the extent any such matters are defense matters, they are each covered by one or more policies of insurance carried by the Bank and do not carry an exposure to loss in excess of the coverage available. Such routine legal proceedings, in the aggregate, are believed by Management to be immaterial to the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of December 31, 2011.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not Applicable.
Part II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
The Company’s Common Stock trades on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “HEOP.” The following table summarizes those trades of the Company’s Common Stock on NASDAQ, setting forth the approximate high and low closing sales prices for each quarterly period ended since January 1, 2010:
| Closing Prices |
Quarters Ended | | High | | Low | |
December 31, 2011 | | $ | 3.70 | | $ | 3.03 | |
September 30, 2011 | | 3.86 | | 3.02 | |
June 30, 2011 | | 3.95 | | 3.22 | |
March 31, 2011 | | 3.75 | | 3.18 | |
| | | | | |
December 31, 2010 | | $ | 3.69 | | $ | 3.05 | |
September 30, 2010 | | 3.80 | | 3.07 | |
June 30, 2010 | | 4.25 | | 3.20 | |
March 31, 2010 | | 5.26 | | 3.45 | |
Holders
As of February 13, 2012, there were 1,997 holders of the Company’s Common Stock. There are no other classes of common equity securities outstanding.
27
Table of Contents
Dividends
Dividends the Company declares are subject to the restrictions set forth in the California General Corporation Law (the “Corporation Law”). The Corporation Law provides that a corporation may make a distribution to its shareholders if the corporation’s retained earnings equal at least the amount of the proposed distribution. The Corporation Law also provides that, in the event that sufficient retained earnings are not available for the proposed distribution, a corporation may nevertheless make a distribution to its shareholders if it meets two conditions, which generally stated are as follows: (i) the corporation’s assets equal at least 1-1/4 times its liabilities, and (ii) the corporation’s current assets equal at least its current liabilities or, if the average of the corporation’s earnings before taxes on income and before interest expenses for the two preceding fiscal years was less than the average of the corporation’s interest expenses for such fiscal years, then the corporation’s current assets must equal at least 1-1/4 times its current liabilities. See also Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, for limitations on dividends resulting from the issuance of junior subordinated debentures. Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board has authority to limit the payment of dividends by bank holding companies, such as the Company, in certain circumstances, requiring, among other things, a holding company to consult with the Federal Reserve Board prior to payment of a dividend if the company does not have sufficient recent earnings in excess of the proposed dividend.
The payment of cash dividends by the Bank is subject to restrictions set forth in the California Financial Code (the “Financial Code”). The Financial Code provides that a bank may not make a cash distribution to its shareholders in excess of the lesser of (a) bank’s retained earnings; or (b) bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years, less the amount of any distributions made by the bank or by any majority-owned subsidiary of the bank to the shareholders of the bank during such period. However, a bank may, with the approval of the DFI, make a distribution to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding the greatest of (x) its retained earnings; (y) its net income for its last fiscal year; or (z) its net income for its current fiscal year. In the event that the DFI determines that the shareholders’ equity of a bank is inadequate or that the making of a distribution by the bank would be unsafe or unsound, the DFI may order the bank to refrain from making a proposed distribution. The FDIC may also restrict the payment of dividends if such payment would be deemed unsafe or unsound or if after the payment of such dividends, the bank would be included in one of the “undercapitalized” categories for capital adequacy purposes pursuant to federal law. (See, “Item 1 - Description of Business - Prompt Corrective Action and Other Enforcement Mechanisms”).
Additionally, while the Federal Reserve Board has no general restriction with respect to the payment of cash dividends by an adequately capitalized bank to its parent holding company, the Federal Reserve Board might, under certain circumstances, place restrictions on the ability of a particular bank to pay dividends based upon peer group averages and the performance and maturity of the particular bank, or object to management fees to be paid by a subsidiary bank to its holding company on the basis that such fees cannot be supported by the value of the services rendered or are not the result of an arm’s length transaction.
However, under the Consent Order issued by the FDIC and DFI in March 2010, the Bank may not pay cash dividends or make other payments to the Company without prior written consent of the FDIC and DFI. Additionally, under the Written Agreement the Company entered into with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco in March 2010, the Company may not receive any dividends or other forms of payment from the Bank or pay dividends to its shareholders without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco and the Director of the Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. As a result of these requirements of the Order and Written Agreement, the Company has deferred payment of interest on its subordinated debt securities and dividends on its Series A Preferred Stock since the second quarter of 2010.
Further, under the terms of the Company’s participation in the U.S. Treasury’s TARP CPP, the Company must obtain approval by the U.S. Treasury for a period of three years following the initial date of the U.S. Treasury’s investment for any proposed increases in the payment of cash dividends on its common stock. Additionally, the Company may not pay dividends on its common stock because it is not current with all dividends on its Series A Senior Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Treasury.
No dividends have been paid to holders of the Company’s common stock during each of the preceding three years.
28
Table of Contents
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The table below summarizes information as of December 31, 2011 relating to equity compensation plans of the Company pursuant to which grants of options, restricted stock or other rights to acquire shares may be granted from time to time. These plans are discussed more fully in Note 15. Share-Based Compensation Plans, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K.
| | Number of | | | | | |
| | Securities To Be | | Weighted Average | | Number of Securities | |
| | Issued Upon Exercise | | Exercise Price of | | Remaining Available | |
Plan Category | | of Outstanding Options | | Outstanding Options | | For Future Issuance | |
Equity compensation plans | | | | | | | |
approved by security holders: | | 636,406 | (1) | $ | 5.40 | | 1,826,516 | (2) |
Equity compensation plans not | | | | | | | |
approved by security holders: | | N/A | | N/A | | N/A | |
| | | | | | | | |
(1) Under the 2005 Equity Based Compensation Plan, the Company is authorized to issue restricted stock awards. Restricted stock awards are not included in the table above. At December 31, 2011, there were 91,513 shares of restricted stock issued and outstanding. See also Note 15. Share Based Compensation Plans, of the Consolidated Financial Statements on this Form 10-K for more information on the Company’s equity compensation plans.
(2) Includes securities available for issuance of stock options and restricted stock.
Purchases of Equity Securities
The Company is not currently authorized to make repurchases of its common stock, nor did it make repurchases of its common stock during 2011, 2010 or 2009.
29
Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
The table below provides selected financial data for the five years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
| | At or For The Years Ended December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data) | | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | | 2008 | | 2007 | |
Consolidated Income Data: | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest income | | $ | 48,227 | | $ | 50,794 | | $ | 49,559 | | $ | 50,150 | | $ | 45,174 | |
Interest expense | | 5,023 | | 8,047 | | 10,049 | | 12,564 | | 14,751 | |
Net interest income | | 43,204 | | 42,747 | | 39,510 | | 37,586 | | 30,423 | |
Provision for loan losses | | 6,063 | | 31,531 | | 24,066 | | 12,215 | | 660 | |
Net interest income after provision for loan losses | | 37,141 | | 11,216 | | 15,444 | | 25,371 | | 29,763 | |
Non interest income | | 9,730 | | 10,747 | | 7,415 | | 6,666 | | 5,632 | |
Non interest expense | | 37,318 | | 41,283 | | 35,733 | | 29,894 | | 24,191 | |
(Loss)/income before income taxes | | 9,553 | | (19,320 | ) | (12,874 | ) | 2,143 | | 11,204 | |
Provision for income taxes | | 1,828 | | (1,760 | ) | (5,825 | ) | 497 | | 4,287 | |
Net (loss)/income | | $ | 7,725 | | $ | (17,560 | ) | $ | (7,049 | ) | $ | 1,646 | | $ | 6,917 | |
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock | | 1,358 | | 5,008 | | 964 | | - | | - | |
Net (loss) / income available to common shareholders | | $ | 6,367 | | $ | (22,568 | ) | $ | (8,013 | ) | $ | 1,646 | | $ | 6,917 | |
Share Data: | | | | | | | | | | | |
(Loss) / earnings per common share - basic | | $ | 0.25 | | $ | (1.30 | ) | $ | (1.04 | ) | $ | 0.22 | | $ | 0.99 | |
(Loss) / earnings per common share - diluted | | $ | 0.24 | | $ | (1.30 | ) | $ | (1.04 | ) | $ | 0.21 | | $ | 0.96 | |
Dividend payout ratio (1) | | 0.00% | | 0.00% | | 0.00% | | 37.68% | | 35.55% | |
Common book value per share | | $ | 4.17 | | $ | 3.85 | | $ | 8.07 | | $ | 9.03 | | $ | 9.04 | |
Actual shares outstanding at end of period (2) | | 25,145,717 | | 25,082,344 | | 7,771,952 | | 7,753,078 | | 7,683,829 | |
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic | | 25,048,477 | | 17,312,306 | | 7,697,234 | | 7,641,726 | | 6,984,174 | |
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted | | 26,254,745 | | 17,312,306 | | 7,697,234 | | 7,753,013 | | 7,228,804 | |
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total cash and cash equivalents | | $ | 34,892 | | $ | 22,951 | | $ | 40,738 | | $ | 24,571 | | $ | 46,419 | |
Total investments and other securities | | $ | 236,982 | | $ | 223,857 | | $ | 121,180 | | $ | 50,762 | | $ | 47,556 | |
Total gross loans | | $ | 646,286 | | $ | 677,303 | | $ | 728,679 | | $ | 680,147 | | $ | 613,217 | |
Allowance for loan losses | | $ | (19,314 | ) | $ | (24,940 | ) | $ | (14,372 | ) | $ | (10,412 | ) | $ | (6,143 | ) |
Total assets | | $ | 987,138 | | $ | 982,612 | | $ | 945,177 | | $ | 805,588 | | $ | 745,554 | |
Total deposits | | $ | 786,208 | | $ | 798,206 | | $ | 775,465 | | $ | 603,521 | | $ | 644,808 | |
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings | | $ | 51,500 | | $ | 45,000 | | $ | 65,000 | | $ | 109,000 | | $ | 8,000 | |
Junior subordinated debt | | $ | 8,248 | | $ | 8,248 | | $ | 13,403 | | $ | 13,403 | | $ | 13,403 | |
Total stockholders’ equity | | $ | 129,554 | | $ | 121,256 | | $ | 83,751 | | $ | 70,032 | | $ | 69,450 | |
Selected Other Balance Sheet Data: | | | | | | | | | | | |
Average assets | | $ | 976,988 | | $ | 995,223 | | $ | 887,628 | | $ | 779,575 | | $ | 605,736 | |
Average earning assets | | $ | 916,356 | | $ | 935,991 | | $ | 829,329 | | $ | 722,061 | | $ | 555,871 | |
Average stockholders’ equity | | $ | 124,824 | | $ | 121,865 | | $ | 86,949 | | $ | 71,748 | | $ | 55,927 | |
Selected Financial Ratios: | | | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average assets | | 0.79% | | -1.76% | | -0.79% | | 0.21% | | 1.14% | |
Return on average stockholders’ equity | | 6.19% | | -14.41% | | -8.11% | | 2.29% | | 12.37% | |
Net interest margin (3) | | 4.71% | | 4.57% | | 4.76% | | 5.21% | | 5.47% | |
Efficiency ratio (4) | | 67.98% | | 69.08% | | 69.86% | | 65.57% | | 66.14% | |
Capital Ratios: | | | | | | | | | | | |
Average stockholders’ equity to average assets | | 12.78% | | 12.24% | | 9.80% | | 9.20% | | 9.23% | |
Leverage Ratio | | 12.06% | | 10.83% | | 8.24% | | 8.90% | | 9.60% | |
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital ratio | | 14.81% | | 13.94% | | 9.59% | | 9.37% | | 10.08% | |
Total Risk-Based Capital ratio | | 16.07% | | 15.21% | | 10.85% | | 10.62% | | 11.04% | |
Selected Asset Quality Ratios: | | | | | | | | | | | |
Non-performing loans to total gross loans (5) | | 1.91% | | 4.85% | | 5.26% | | 2.75% | | 0.06% | |
Non-performing assets to total assets (6) | | 1.35% | | 4.02% | | 4.15% | | 2.48% | | 0.05% | |
Allowance for loan losses to total gross loans | | 2.99% | | 3.68% | | 1.97% | | 1.53% | | 1.00% | |
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans | | 156.16% | | 75.99% | | 37.50% | | 55.75% | | 1817.46% | |
Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans | | 1.75% | | 2.96% | | 2.83% | | 1.21% | | 0.00% | |
(1) For the years 2008 and 2007 cash dividends totaling $0.08 and $0.32 per share, respectively, were paid. No cash dividends were paid in 2011, 2010 and 2009.
(2) Actual shares have been adjusted to fully reflect stock dividends and stock splits.
(3) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(4) Efficiency ratio is defined as non interest expense, before foreclosed property expense and amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the combined net interest income plus non interest income, exclusive of gains and losses on security sales and nonrecurring items, including other than temporary impairment losses, gains and losses on sale of OREO and gains and losses on sale of fixed assets.
(5) Non-performing loans are defined as loans that are past due 90 days or more as well as loans placed in non-accrual status.
(6) Non-performing assets are defined as assets that are past due 90 days or more and assets placed in non-accrual status plus other real estate owned.
30
Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following is an analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The analysis should be read in connection with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this report.
Overview
Executive Summary of Operating Results
For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company reported net income of approximately $7.7 million or $0.24 per share on a fully diluted basis. This compares to a net loss of $17.6 million or $1.30 per common share for 2010 and a net loss of $7.0 million or $1.04 per common share for 2009.
The improvement in 2011 earnings is largely due to lower loan loss provision expense as compared to the prior two years, as well as the reversal of a portion of the $7.1 million valuation allowance on the Company’s deferred tax assets that was established in the latter half of 2010. The provision for loan loss decreased to $6.1 million from the provisions recorded in 2010 and 2009 of $31.5 million and $24.1 million, respectively. The lower provisioning requirements in 2011 were driven by overall improvements in the credit quality of the loan portfolio and lower net charge-offs, whereas 2010 and 2009 were two of the most challenging years in the Company’s history. Of the $6.1 million of provisions recorded in 2011, $5.4 million was attributable to loan sales that were executed to reduce the level of classified and non-performing assets in 2011. Absent the provisions driven by the loan sales, the provision required to cover the net impact of both improved credits and newly identified credit downgrades during 2011 would have been $0.7 million. The reduced level of provisioning reflects improving trends in credit quality as evidenced by the decline in our historical loss rates, in particular over 2011. The Company’s allowance for loan losses declined to 2.99% of gross loans receivable from 3.68% at the end of 2010. The decline was due to: an improvement in the overall credit profile of the Company, including reduced levels of classified and non-performing loans; Management aggressively addressing credit problems during 2011 through work-out processes and the sale of pools of classified and non-performing loans. The allowance for loan losses increased as a percentage of non-performing loans to 156% at December 31, 2011 from 76% at December 31, 2010, again reflecting the steps that the Company took to reduce the level of non-performing assets in 2011.
The other key contributor to the improvement in earnings in 2011 was the reversal of $1.5 million of deferred tax asset valuation allowance in 2011 as compared to the $7.1 million of deferred tax asset valuation allowance established in 2010. The partial reversal of allowance in 2011 reflected the impacts of numerous factors, such as improvements in earnings and credit quality that provided adequate positive evidence that $1.5 million of deferred tax asset for which a valuation allowance had been previously established were now more likely than not recognizable as future tax benefits. See Note 10. Income Taxes, of the notes to the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K for a more detailed discussion of the accounting for the Company’s deferred tax valuation allowance.
Operating results for 2011 were also favorably impacted by decreases in non-interest expense levels, which were $4.0 million lower than 2010. The primary reduction in non-interest expense was due to a $2.5 million reduction in the level of write-downs on foreclosed assets. The balance of the expense reduction was attributable to a combination of reductions in salary and benefit costs and regulatory assessment costs. The favorable impacts from reductions in non-interest expense were partially offset by declines in non-interest income of $1.0 million. The decline in non-interest income was largely due to a one-time gain on the extinguishment of debt, totaling $1.7 million, which was recognized in the second quarter of 2010 related to retirement of junior subordinated debentures, and the net impact in 2011 of a $0.6 million increase in losses recognized on the sale of foreclosed asset, partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in gains realized on the sale of investment securities. Please see “Non-Interest Income”, and “Non-Interest Expense” under Results of Operations, below, for additional information related to these components of operating income.
The Company believes that the operating results for 2011 better reflect the core earnings of the Company relative to the earnings in 2010 and 2009, which were adversely impacted by the credit issues brought on by the recent financial crisis and resulting national recession. These trends are not only a result of what appears to be the first signs of some degree of stabilization in the local economies in which the Company operates, but also from improvements realized in asset quality through a combination of sales of classified assets and improvement in credit quality during the year.
31
Table of Contents
The improvements in asset quality since December 31, 2010 are evidenced by:
· | the $27.9 million decline in classified assets, |
· | the $22.2 million decline in impaired loans, |
· | the improvement in the coverage of the allowance for loan loss as a percentage of non-performing loans to 156% from 76% at December 31, 2010, |
· | the decline in special mention risk graded loan balances from $55.0 million at December 31, 2010 to $39.3 million at December 31, 2011, |
· | the decline in OREO balances outstanding from $6.7 million at December 31, 2010 to $0.9 million at December 31, 2011. |
While the Company is cautiously optimistic about the current positive trends in credit quality that we have experienced in 2011, it is unclear as to how the uncertainties in the global economy could impact the local economy, if at all.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our accounting policies are integral to understanding the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Accounting policies Management considers to be significant, including newly issued standards to be adopted in future periods, are disclosed in Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of the consolidated financial statements filed in this Form 10-K. The following discussions should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the notes thereto, appearing in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, the carrying value of the Company’s deferred tax assets and estimates used in the determination of the fair value of certain financial instruments.
Allowance for Loan Losses and Valuation of Foreclosed Real Estate
In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the value of foreclosed real estate, Management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties. While Management uses available information to recognize losses on loans and foreclosed real estate and collateral, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in local economic conditions. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and foreclosed real estate. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Because of these factors, it is reasonably possible that the allowance for loan losses and foreclosed real estate may change in future periods. See also Note 4. Allowance for Loan Losses, of the consolidated financial statements filed in this Form 10-K.
Realizability of Deferred Tax Assets
The Company uses an estimate of its future earnings in determining if it is more likely than not that the carrying value of its deferred tax assets will be realized over the period they are expected to reverse. If based on all available evidence, the Company believes that a portion or all of its deferred tax assets will not be realized; a valuation allowance may be established. During 2010, the Company established a valuation allowance against a portion of its deferred tax assets. Based on the Company’s ongoing assessment of the realizability of its deferred tax assets, it reduced the level of valuation allowance in 2011. See also Note 10. Income Taxes, of the consolidated financial statements filed in this Form 10-K.
32
Table of Contents
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The degree of judgment utilized in measuring the fair value of financial instruments generally correlates to the level of pricing observability. Financial instruments with readily available active quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices generally will have a higher degree of observable pricing and a lesser degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value. Conversely, financial instruments rarely traded or not quoted will generally have little or no observable pricing and a higher degree of judgment is utilized in measuring the fair value of such instruments. Observable pricing is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument, whether the financial instrument is new to the market and not yet established and the characteristics specific to the transaction. See also Note 18. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities, of the consolidated financial statements filed in this Form 10-K.
Results of Operations
Net Interest Income and Margin
Net interest income, the primary component of the net earnings of a financial institution, refers to the difference between the interest paid on deposits and borrowings, and the interest earned on loans and investments. The net interest margin is the amount of net interest income expressed as a percentage of average earning assets. Factors considered in the analysis of net interest income are the composition and volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the amount of non-interest-bearing liabilities, non-accruing loans, and changes in market interest rates.
33
Table of Contents
The table below sets forth average balance sheet information, interest income and expense, average yields and rates and net interest income and margin for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The average balance of non-accruing loans has been included in loan totals.
| | For The Year Ended, | | For The Year Ended, | | For The Year Ended, | |
| | December 31, 2011 | | December 31, 2010 | | December 31, 2009 | |
| | | | Yield/ | | Income/ | | | | Yield/ | | Income/ | | | | Yield/ | | Income/ | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Balance | | Rate | | Expense | | Balance | | Rate | | Expense | | Balance | | Rate | | Expense | |
Interest Earning Assets | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Investments with other banks | | $ | 58 | | 1.72% | | $ | 1 | | $ | 119 | | 1.68% | | $ | 2 | | $ | 119 | | 2.52% | | $ | 3 | |
Interest bearing due from banks | | 16,343 | | 0.18% | | 30 | | 38,630 | | 0.23% | | 90 | | 16,950 | | 0.29% | | 49 | |
Federal funds sold | | 700 | | 0.00% | | - | | 4,414 | | 0.11% | | 5 | | 14,555 | | 0.14% | | 21 | |
Investment securities taxable | | 194,761 | | 2.75% | | 5,361 | | 156,911 | | 3.46% | | 5,422 | | 67,197 | | 4.55% | | 3,060 | |
Investment securities non taxable | | 36,888 | | 4.04% | | 1,490 | | 26,664 | | 4.30% | | 1,146 | | 20,589 | | 4.35% | | 896 | |
Loans (1) (2) | | 667,606 | | 6.19% | | 41,345 | | 709,253 | | 6.22% | | 44,129 | | 709,919 | | 6.41% | | 45,530 | |
Total interest earning assets | | 916,356 | | 5.26% | | 48,227 | | 935,991 | | 5.43% | | 50,794 | | 829,329 | | 5.98% | | 49,559 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Allowance for loan losses | | (22,895 | ) | | | | | (20,698 | ) | | | | | (12,342 | ) | | | | |
Other assets | | 83,527 | | | | | | 79,930 | | | | | | 70,641 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total assets | | $ | 976,988 | | | | | | $ | 995,223 | | | | | | $ | 887,628 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest Bearing Liabilities | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest bearing demand | | $ | 64,187 | | 0.15% | | $ | 95 | | $ | 70,935 | | 0.50% | | $ | 352 | | $ | 66,652 | | 0.82% | | $ | 548 | |
Savings | | 32,153 | | 0.14% | | 46 | | 27,739 | | 0.26% | | 73 | | 24,665 | | 0.24% | | 60 | |
Money market | | 275,278 | | 0.50% | | 1,367 | | 281,754 | | 1.00% | | 2,813 | | 222,343 | | 1.44% | | 3,207 | |
Time deposits | | 214,677 | | 1.39% | | 2,974 | | 232,450 | | 1.81% | | 4,210 | | 220,120 | | 2.30% | | 5,069 | |
Total interest bearing deposits | | 586,295 | | 0.76% | | 4,482 | | 612,878 | | 1.22% | | 7,448 | | 533,780 | | 1.66% | | 8,884 | |
Federal funds purchased | | - | | 0.00% | | - | | - | | 0.00% | | - | | 188 | | 1.06% | | 2 | |
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase | | - | | 0.00% | | - | | - | | 0.00% | | - | | 650 | | 0.15% | | 1 | |
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowing | | 38,527 | | 0.97% | | 372 | | 62,041 | | 0.54% | | 332 | | 76,953 | | 0.76% | | 588 | |
Federal Reserve Bank borrowing | | - | | 0.00% | �� | - | | - | | 0.00% | | - | | 14 | | 0.49% | | - | |
Junior subordinated debentures | | 8,248 | | 2.05% | | 169 | | 10,479 | | 2.34% | | 245 | | 13,403 | | 4.28% | | 574 | |
Other secured borrowing | | 3 | | 0.00% | | - | | 445 | | 4.94% | | 22 | | - | | 0.00% | | - | |
Total borrowed funds | | 46,778 | | 1.16% | | 541 | | 72,965 | | 0.82% | | 599 | | 91,208 | | 1.28% | | 1,165 | |
Total interest bearing liabilities | | 633,073 | | 0.79% | | 5,023 | | 685,843 | | 1.17% | | 8,047 | | 624,988 | | 1.61% | | 10,049 | |
Non interest bearing demand | | 208,646 | | | | | | 178,096 | | | | | | 167,226 | | | | | |
Total funding | | 841,719 | | 0.60% | | 5,023 | | 863,939 | | 0.93% | | 8,047 | | 792,214 | | 1.27% | | 10,049 | |
Other liabilities | | 10,445 | | | | | | 9,419 | | | | | | 8,465 | | | | | |
Total liabilities | | 852,164 | | | | | | 873,358 | | | | | | 800,679 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Stockholders’ Equity | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total stockholders’ equity | | 124,824 | | | | | | 121,865 | | | | | | 86,949 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | | $ | 976,988 | | | | | | $ | 995,223 | | | | | | $ | 887,628 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net interest margin (3) | | | | 4.71% | | | | | | 4.57% | | | | | | 4.76% | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest rate spread | | | | 4.47% | | $ | 43,204 | | | | 4.26% | | $ | 42,747 | | | | 4.37% | | $ | 39,510 | |
(1) Non-accruing loans have been included in total loans.
(2) Loan fees of $354; $656; $918 for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 respectively have been included in interest income computation.
(3) Net interest margin has been calculated by dividing the net interest income by total average earning assets.
34
Table of Contents
Discussion of 2011 Compared to 2010
At December 31, 2011, average earning assets were approximately $19.6 million lower than that reported at December 31, 2010. This decline was driven by a $41.6 million reduction in the level of net loans outstanding, due in large part to $25.8 million of loan sales completed in 2011 (including the impacts of the $5.9 million of loans transferred to held for sale status at December 31, 2011 and subsequently sold in January 2012), and $22.3 million decline in interest bearing funds due from banks, both of which were partially offset by an increase in investment securities, which increased by $48.1 million over 2010. The decline in the overall average earning assets and the change in mix between loans and investment securities were the primary factors contributing to the decline in interest income and yield in 2011, as higher yielding loans that were sold or paid down in 2011, were replaced by lower yielding investment securities.
We continued to experience tepid loan demand through most of 2011, which when combined with increased competition for quality lending opportunities has contributed to the contraction in the loan portfolio in 2011, as customer pay-down activity and the sale of classified and non-performing loans has outpaced new loan production. However, we began to see an increase in loan demand at year end which we anticipate will continue in 2012. Yields on the loan portfolio in 2011 were essentially flat compared to 2010, as the impacts of originating and renewing loans in the current historically low interest rate environment, which placed some level of downward pressure on rates, were substantially offset by a 62% reduction in the level of non-performing loans. Total forgone interest on impaired loans (including interest reversed when a loan is initially placed on non-accrual and all interest income lost prospectively) was approximately $1.7 million for 2011, impacting the yield on earning assets by approximately 25 basis points, a decline of $1.3 million and 7 basis points from 2010.
At December 31, 2011, average interest bearing liabilities decreased $52.8 million as compared to December 31, 2010. The decline was largely caused by a reduction in the level of federal home loan bank (“FHLB”) borrowings, which declined $23.5 million and time deposits, which declined $17.8 million. Time deposits and FHLB borrowings tend to be the higher cost elements of our interest bearing liabilities, therefore the decline in such balances led to a significant decline in the amount of interest expense and the cost associated with our interest bearing liabilities. Interest expense declined $3.0 million from 2010 to $5.0 million in 2011 and the average rate declined 38 basis points to .79%.
As a result of the interplay of the above factors, we realized an increase in both net interest income and net interest margin in 2011 as compared to 2010.
Discussion of 2010 Compared to 2009
At December 31, 2010, average interest earning assets were approximately $106.7 million higher than that reported for the year ended December 31, 2009. Higher average balances of investment securities stemming from the $56.0 million in net proceeds the Company received from its March 2010 private placement, coupled with an increase in average core deposit balances led to the year over year increase in average interest-earning assets. Although the increase in investment balances ultimately contributed to a year over year increase in interest income, the lower yields earned on these investments, due in large part to the current lower interest rate environment, contributed to a decline in earning asset yields in 2010.
During 2010, the Company transferred $54.4 million in loans to non-accrual status, which resulted in interest reversals of $0.6 million, contributing to the year over year decline in interest and fees earned on loans as compared to 2009. Furthermore, average impaired loan balances in 2010 were approximately $11.4 million higher than that reported for 2009, which placed additional pressure on loan portfolio yields in 2010. Total forgone interest on impaired loans (including interest reversed when a loan is initially placed on non-accrual and all interest income lost prospectively) totaled approximately $3.0 million for 2010, impacting the yield on earning assets by approximately 32 basis points. For 2009 forgone interest totaled $1.3 million and impacted the yield on earning assets by 16 basis points.
Average interest bearing liabilities increased $60.9 million in 2010 from the $685.8 million reported at December 31, 2009. The year over year increase can be attributed to higher average balances of core interest bearing deposits, including increases in money market and time deposit accounts, which resulted from promotional activities and added focus on attracting and retaining core relationships. The yield on interest-bearing liabilities was 1.17% for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing a decline of 44 basis points. In an effort to augment the decline in earning asset yields and reduce pressure on the net interest margin, the Company lowered offering rates significantly during the latter half of 2010. As a result, the Company significantly reduced the cost of money market and time deposits during 2010. Additionally, the Company restructured and paid down higher cost FHLB borrowings during 2010, contributing to the decline in the cost of interest bearing liabilities. Further, in June 2010 the Company eliminated $5.2 million in junior subordinated debentures from the balance sheet, associated with the repurchase of trust preferred securities issued by Heritage Oaks Capital Trust III. These borrowings previously accrued interest at a rate of 6.89% per annum.
35
Table of Contents
The lower overall yield on the loan portfolio, coupled with an increase in lower yielding investment securities in 2010 resulted in lower earning asset yields, which more than offset savings realized by reducing the cost of our deposit base, leading to a year over year decline in the net interest margin in 2010 as compared to 2009.
The following table sets forth the dollar difference in interest earned and paid for each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the amount of such change attributable to changes in average balances (volume) or changes in interest rates for the three years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:
| | For The Year Ended, | | For The Year Ended, | | For The Year Ended, | |
| | December 31, 2011 | | December 31, 2010 | | December 31, 2009 | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Volume | | Rate | | Total | | Volume | | Rate | | Total | | Volume | | Rate | | Total | |
Interest income: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Investments with other banks | | $ | (1 | ) | $ | - | | $ | (1 | ) | $ | - | | $ | (1 | ) | $ | (1 | ) | $ | (3 | ) | $ | (2 | ) | $ | (5 | ) |
Interest bearing due from | | (58 | ) | (2 | ) | (60 | ) | 51 | | (10 | ) | 41 | | 49 | | - | | 49 | |
Federal funds sold | | (6 | ) | 1 | | (5 | ) | (18 | ) | 2 | | (16 | ) | 81 | | (200 | ) | (119 | ) |
Investment securities taxable | | 1,164 | | (1,225 | ) | (61 | ) | 3,251 | | (889 | ) | 2,362 | | 1,178 | | (341 | ) | 837 | |
Investment securities non-taxable (1) | | 632 | | (111 | ) | 521 | | 396 | | (17 | ) | 379 | | 232 | | 3 | | 235 | |
Taxable equivalent adjustment (1) | | (215 | ) | 38 | | (177 | ) | (135 | ) | 6 | | (129 | ) | (79 | ) | (1 | ) | (80 | ) |
Loans | | (2,587 | ) | (197 | ) | (2,784 | ) | (43 | ) | (1,358 | ) | (1,401 | ) | 3,680 | | (5,188 | ) | (1,508 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net (decrease) / increase | | (1,071 | ) | (1,496 | ) | (2,567 | ) | 3,502 | | (2,267 | ) | 1,235 | | 5,138 | | (5,729 | ) | (591 | ) |
Interest expense: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Savings, NOW, money market | | (76 | ) | (1,654 | ) | (1,730 | ) | 711 | | (1,288 | ) | (577 | ) | 292 | | (852 | ) | (560 | ) |
Time deposits | | (340 | ) | (896 | ) | (1,236 | ) | 270 | | (1,129 | ) | (859 | ) | 1,679 | | (1,938 | ) | (259 | ) |
Other borrowings | | (170 | ) | 188 | | 18 | | (102 | ) | (133 | ) | (235 | ) | (38 | ) | (1,352 | ) | (1,390 | ) |
Federal funds purchased | | - | | - | | - | | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | (2 | ) | (52 | ) | (33 | ) | (85 | ) |
Long term borrowings | | (56 | ) | (20 | ) | (76 | ) | (143 | ) | (186 | ) | (329 | ) | - | | (221 | ) | (221 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net (decrease) / increase | | (642 | ) | (2,382 | ) | (3,024 | ) | 735 | | (2,737 | ) | (2,002 | ) | 1,881 | | (4,396 | ) | (2,515 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total net increase / (decrease) | | $ | (429 | ) | $ | 886 | | $ | 457 | | $ | 2,767 | | $ | 470 | | $ | 3,237 | | $ | 3,257 | | $ | (1,333 | ) | $ | 1,924 | |
(1) Adjusted to a fully taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 34%.
Provision for Loan Losses
As more fully discussed in Note 4. Allowance for Loan Losses, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K, the allowance for loan losses has been established by Management in order to provide for those loans, which for a variety of reasons, may not be repaid in their entirety. The allowance is maintained at a level considered by Management to be adequate to provide for probable losses during the holding period of the loan and is based on methodologies applied on a consistent basis with the prior year. Management’s review of the adequacy of the allowance includes, among other things, an analysis of past loan loss experience and Management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio under current economic conditions.
The allowance for loan losses is based on estimates, and ultimate losses will likely vary from current estimates. The Company recognizes that credit losses will be experienced and the risk of loss will vary with, among other things: general economic conditions; the type of loan being made; the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and in the case of a collateralized loan, the quality of the collateral for such loan. The allowance for loan losses represents the Company’s best estimate of the allowance necessary to provide for probable estimable losses in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s allowance for loan losses represented 2.99% of total gross loans and 156% of loans identified as non-performing. For additional information see the “Allowance for Loan Losses” discussion in the Financial Condition section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
36
Table of Contents
Discussion of 2011 Compared to 2010
The Company’s provision for loan losses was $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This represents a decrease of $25.5 million as compared to that reported in 2010. The decrease in the provisions for loan losses can be attributed to: 1) a deceleration in the amount of required provisions due to efforts taken to date to identify and address potential credit issues, 2) a decrease in the amount of classified and non-performing loans through structured problem loan sales executed in 2011 and the overall improving quality of the loan portfolio, as evidenced by the improvements in the loss history over the last year, 3) enhanced procedures around the issuance of new credit over the last couple of years and 4) early signs that the local economies, in which it operates, may be stabilizing after a prolonged period of recession and stagnant recovery, based on recent reports on improved unemployment levels and modest upward trends in commercial real estate leasing activity.
Discussion of 2010 Compared to 2009
Provisions for loan losses in 2010 were $7.5 million higher than that reported for 2009, which is reflective of additional credit losses the Company incurred during 2010 as well as continued weakness in economic conditions. See the discussion of the Allowance for Loan and Leases Losses later in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for further details on the 2010 provision for loan losses.
Non-Interest Income
The table below sets forth changes for 2011, 2010 and 2009 in non-interest income:
| | For The Years Ended | | Variances | |
| | December 31, | | 2011 | | 2010 | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | | dollar | | percentage | | dollar | | percentage | |
Fees and service charges | | $ | 2,453 | | $ | 2,428 | | $ | 2,965 | | $ | 25 | | 1.0% | | $ | (537 | ) | -18.1% | |
Mortgage gain on sale and origination fees | | 2,645 | | 3,271 | | 2,470 | | (626 | ) | -19.1% | | 801 | | 32.4% | |
Debit/credit card fee income | | 1,632 | | 1,447 | | 1,156 | | 185 | | 12.8% | | 291 | | 25.2% | |
Earnings on bank owned life insurance | | 596 | | 585 | | 504 | | 11 | | 1.9% | | 81 | | 16.1% | |
Other than temporary impairment (OTTI) losses on investment securities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total impairment loss on investment securities | | - | | (1,214 | ) | (1,956 | ) | 1,214 | | -100.0% | | 742 | | -37.9% | |
Non credit related losses recognized in other comprehensive income | | - | | 1,007 | | 1,584 | | (1,007 | ) | -100.0% | | (577 | ) | -36.4% | |
Net impairment losses on investment securities | | - | | (207 | ) | (372 | ) | 207 | | -100.0% | | 165 | | -44.4% | |
Gain / (loss) on sale of investment securities | | 1,983 | | 783 | | 333 | | 1,200 | | 153.3% | | 450 | | 135.1% | |
(Loss) / gain on sale of other real estate owned | | (543 | ) | 24 | | (280 | ) | (567 | ) | -2362.5% | | 304 | | -108.6% | |
Gain on extinguishment of debt | | - | | 1,700 | | - | | (1,700 | ) | -100.0% | | 1,700 | | 0.0% | |
Other income | | 964 | | 716 | | 639 | | 248 | | 34.6% | | 77 | | 12.1% | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | 9,730 | | $ | 10,747 | | $ | 7,415 | | $ | (1,017 | ) | -9.5% | | $ | 3,332 | | 44.9% | |
Discussion of 2011 Compared to 2010
The decrease in non-interest income in 2011 as compared to 2010 was largely due to the $1.7 million one-time gain recognized on the extinguishment of $5.2 million of subordinated debt in 2010, as the Company reduced this higher cost debt in an effort to improve overall net interest income, as noted above. See also Note 9. Borrowings, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K for additional discussion concerning the extinguishment of these borrowings.
In addition, we experienced a $0.6 million decline in gains and fees attributable to mortgage sales, reflecting lower demand for new and refinance mortgages over most of the year. Although the volume of mortgages funded in 2011 was lower than 2010, with the decline in mortgage rates in the second half of the 2011, which fell to new historical levels, and incremental staff being added to the mortgage team, mortgage funding levels increased in the second half of 2011 as compared to the first half of the year. Lastly, we experienced an increase in the level of loss on the sale of other real estate owned, as we dramatically reduced the level of foreclosed assets through the sales of such properties, as part of our strategy to reduce non-earning assets in 2011. Partially offsetting these declines in non-interest income was a $1.2 million increase in gains on sales of investment securities, as the investment portfolio in whole returned to a net unrealized gain position and securities were sold, as part of our strategy to change the overall mix of the portfolio in an effort to improve the total return on invested funds, yielded higher gains.
Discussion of 2010 Compared to 2009
The majority of the of the increase in non-interest income in 2010 as compared to 2009 was attributable to a $1.7 million one-time gain realized on the extinguishment of $5.2 million of subordinated debt. In addition, we realized a $0.8 million increase in gain and fee income from the sale of mortgages, as the historically low interest environment resulted in renewed activity in the refinance markets for home mortgages. This in conjunction with further expansion of the mortgage origination team led to increased volume in 2010 and consequently higher fee income.
37
Table of Contents
The other factors that contributed to the variance in non-interest income in 2010 as compared to 2009 included an increase in debit/credit card transaction and interchange fee income of $0.3 million or 25.2% in 2010. The Company attributes this growth to an increase in related transactions as well as additional core deposit relationships the Bank obtained during 2010. The increase in gain on sale of investment securities of $0.5 million was largely consistent with improvements in the overall performance of the investment portfolio and the investment market in general. Lastly, we realized a nominal gain on the sale of other real estate owned in 2010 as compared to the $0.3 million loss in 2009. Partially offsetting these favorable changes was a decline in service charges and fee income of $0.5 million or 18.1% in 2010. Management believes the decline within this category can be attributed to better cash management practices by business customers in an effort to control costs in the difficult economic environment.
Non-Interest Expenses
The table below sets forth changes in non-interest expense for 2011, 2010 and 2009:
| | For the Years Ended | | Variances | |
| | December 31, | | 2011 | | 2010 | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | | dollar | | percentage | | dollar | | percentage | |
Salaries and employee benefits | | $ | 17,630 | | $ | 19,293 | | $ | 16,719 | | $ | (1,663 | ) | -8.6% | | $ | 2,574 | | 15.4% | |
Equipment | | 1,739 | | 1,653 | | 1,445 | | 86 | | 5.2% | | 208 | | 14.4% | |
Occupancy | | 3,771 | | 3,805 | | 3,472 | | (34 | ) | -0.9% | | 333 | | 9.6% | |
Promotional | | 668 | | 690 | | 644 | | (22 | ) | -3.2% | | 46 | | 7.1% | |
Data processing | | 2,975 | | 2,676 | | 2,743 | | 299 | | 11.2% | | (67 | ) | -2.4% | |
OREO related costs | | 670 | | 689 | | 427 | | (19 | ) | -2.8% | | 262 | | 61.4% | |
Write-downs of foreclosed assets | | 1,198 | | 3,686 | | 1,514 | | (2,488 | ) | -67.5% | | 2,172 | | 143.5% | |
Regulatory assessment costs | | 2,360 | | 2,657 | | 1,984 | | (297 | ) | -11.2% | | 673 | | 33.9% | |
Audit and tax advisory costs | | 779 | | 571 | | 625 | | 208 | | 36.4% | | (54 | ) | -8.6% | |
Directors fees | | 483 | | 551 | | 355 | | (68 | ) | -12.3% | | 196 | | 55.2% | |
Outside services | | 1,524 | | 1,712 | | 1,801 | | (188 | ) | -11.0% | | (89 | ) | -4.9% | |
Telephone / communications costs | | 358 | | 369 | | 275 | | (11 | ) | -3.0% | | 94 | | 34.2% | |
Amortization of intangible assets | | 445 | | 514 | | 1,049 | | (69 | ) | -13.4% | | (535 | ) | -51.0% | |
Stationery and supplies | | 368 | | 460 | | 431 | | (92 | ) | -20.0% | | 29 | | 6.7% | |
Other general operating costs | | 2,350 | | 1,957 | | 2,249 | | 393 | | 20.1% | | (292 | ) | -13.0% | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | 37,318 | | $ | 41,283 | | $ | 35,733 | | $ | (3,965 | ) | -9.6% | | $ | 5,550 | | 15.5% | |
Salaries and Employee Benefits
Salaries and employee benefits are the largest component of the Company’s non-interest expenses. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 the total number of full time equivalent employees were 256, 281 and 265, respectively.
Discussion of 2011 Compared to 2010
The $1.7 million reduction in salaries and employee benefits in 2011 was largely due to: a $0.4 million reduction in commission expense in part due to decline in the level of mortgages underwritten in 2011, as well as, the implementation of new compensation plans put in place in 2011; a $0.1 million reduction in bonus compensation due to the elimination of bonuses in 2011 pending the lifting of the Order and Written Agreement; a reduction of $0.4 million due to the establishment of an accrual for compensated absences during the third quarter of 2010; and reductions in other benefit costs of $0.4 million due to changes in plan benefits, refunds received from the benefit providers as part of their commitment to limit medical benefit costs and the percentage of employer contribution for those benefits.
Discussion of 2010 Compared to 2009
The $2.6 million year over year increase can be attributed to further expansion of the Company’s management team and Special Assets department in an effort to address the requirements of the Order and Written Agreement. Additionally, during 2010 the Company incurred a one-time charge of $0.4 million to update its accrual for compensated absences, contributing further to the year over year increase.
38
Table of Contents
Occupancy and Equipment
Discussion of 2011 Compared to 2010
Occupancy costs in 2011, declined modestly largely due to the closure of one of our smallest branches in 2011 as part of our goal to improve operating efficiency and due to refunds of previously paid property taxes based on approved petitions to reduce the assessed value of the properties the Company owns and leases.
Discussion of 2010 Compared to 2009
The $0.5 million increase within this category can be attributed to: an increase in depreciation expense associated with various leasehold improvements and equipment purchases, higher property tax costs, increased licensing costs associated with various process improvement initiatives throughout the organization, and a decline in sublease rental income resulting from the relocation on one branch office during late 2009.
FDIC and Other Regulatory Fees
Discussion of 2011 Compared to 2010
The decrease in regulatory assessment costs in 2011 of $0.3 million was largely due to a revision to the assessment calculation that went into effect during 2011. However, the rates remain elevated due in part to the FDIC’s overall increase in rates to help replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund and increased assessments due to the Regulatory Order.
Discussion of 2010 Compared to 2009
For the year ended December 31, 2010, regulatory assessment costs increased $0.7 million over that reported for 2009. The Bank’s deposit insurance assessment rates increased during 2010 in part because of the Regulatory Order and due to an increase by the FDIC in assessment rates.
Amortization of Intangible Assets
Amortization consists primarily of core deposit intangible amortization for the Hacienda acquisition in October 2003 and the Business First National Bank acquisition in October 2007. The level of amortization is determined pursuant to an analysis prepared by a third party at the time of acquisition to determine the fair value of deposits acquired in accordance with U.S. GAAP and which is updated, if needed by changes in projected run-off rates of acquired core deposits.
Discussion of 2011 Compared to 2010
The decrease in amortization in 2011 of $0.1 million was largely due to modest declines in the level of amortization from the Business First Bank core deposit intangible.
Discussion of 2010 Compared to 2009
The decrease in amortization in 2010 of $0.5 million was largely due to the Hacienda portion of the core deposit intangible becoming fully amortized in 2009.
Director Fees
Discussion of 2011 Compared to 2010
The decrease in fees in 2011 of $0.1 million was due to a decline in the level of fees paid to the chairman of the board of directors.
Discussion of 2010 Compared to 2009
The increase in fees in 2010 was primarily due to increased oversight by the Bank and Company’s board pursuant to the terms of the Consent Order, which resulted in increased fees paid to the chairman of the board, and to an increase in the total number of Board Members.
39
Table of Contents
Write-downs of Foreclosed Assets
Discussion of 2011 Compared to 2010
The decrease in OREO valuation adjustments in 2011 of $2.5 million was due to the fact that much of the write-down on OREO inventory that existed at December 31, 2010 occurred in 2010. In 2011, most of the OREO inventory was liquidated in conjunction with the Company’s strategy to reduce non-performing assets, which when combined with lower levels of new additions to OREO in 2011, resulted in a decline in the level of valuation allowance provisioning in 2011. See also Note 5. Other Real Estate Owned, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K.
Discussion of 2010 Compared to 2009
2010 marked the peak of foreclosure activity and therefore the level of foreclosed asset holdings dramatically increased in 2010. In conjunction with this increased foreclosure activity, the Company continued to refine the value of the foreclosed assets throughout the year, as new appraisal information became available on the value of the collateral, resulting in increased levels of write-downs during the 2010.
Provision for Income Taxes
The amount of the tax provision is determined by applying the Company’s statutory income tax rates to pre-tax book income, adjusted for permanent differences between pre-tax book income and actual taxable income. Such permanent differences include, but are not limited to, tax-exempt municipal interest income and earnings on bank-owned life insurance. For 2011, the Company recorded a tax provision of $1.8 million. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $1.8 million and $5.8 million, respectively.
The Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 19.1%, (9.1)% and (45.2)%, respectively. During 2010 the Company established a valuation allowance for a portion of its deferred tax assets of $7.1 million as of December 31, 2010. The establishment of this valuation allowance resulted in a reduction in the income tax benefit the Company recorded in 2010, which would have been (45.9)% before the impact of the valuation allowance adjustment. In 2011, the Company reassessed the level of valuation allowance required against its deferred tax assets and determined that based on the return to profitability over all four quarters of 2011, as well as the Company’s ability to forecast positive earnings for the foreseeable future that $1.5 million of the valuation allowance could be reversed. As a result, the income tax provision for 2011 was reduced by $1.5 million, thereby lowering the effective tax rate for 2011. Exclusive of the reversal of $1.5 million of deferred tax asset valuation allowance, the effective tax rate would have been 34.8%. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 was impacted significantly by the substantial provisions the Bank made to the allowance for loan losses during those years, significantly reducing pre-tax income. See also Note 10. Income Taxes, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K for a more detailed discussion concerning the valuation allowance the Company established for a portion of its deferred tax assets.
Financial Condition
The Company saw an improvement in its overall financial condition in 2011. A discussion of each of the key elements of our financial condition follows:
Loans
Impact of Market Condition on Lending
Despite the recent signs of some stabilization in the local economies, in which it operates, loan demand remained tepid for the much of 2011, which was the primary factor in the contraction in the loan portfolio during 2011 and 2010. It should be noted that near year-end 2011 loan demand appeared to be increasing. We anticipate this trend to continue into 2012. The secondary factor that contributed to the 2011 decline in net loans was $25.8 million of problem loan sales, which occurred during the year. Although the Company believes that it may be starting to see some signs of stabilization in the local economies in which it operates, the Company realizes that a renewed decline in the national, state and local economies may further impact local borrowers, as well as the values of real estate within our market footprint used to secure certain loans. As such, Management continues to closely monitor credit trends and leading indicators for additional signs of deterioration. The Bank employs stringent lending standards and remains very selective with regard to loan originations, including commercial real estate, real estate construction, land and commercial loans that it chooses to originate, in an effort to effectively manage risk in this difficult credit environment. The Company has devoted considerable resources to monitoring credit in order to take appropriate steps when and if necessary to mitigate any material adverse impacts on the Company.
40
Table of Contents
Credit Quality
The Company’s primary business is the extension of credit to individuals and businesses and safekeeping of customers’ deposits. The Company’s policies concerning the extension of credit require risk analyses including an extensive evaluation of the purpose for the loan request and the borrower’s ability and willingness to repay the Bank as agreed. The Company also considers other factors when evaluating whether or not to extend new credit to a potential borrower. These factors include the current level of diversification in the loan portfolio and the impact that funding a new loan will have on that diversification, legal lending limit constraints and any regulatory limitations concerning the extension of certain types of credit.
The credit quality of the loan portfolio is impacted by numerous factors including the economic environment in the markets the Company operates, which can have a direct impact on the value of real estate securing collateral dependent loans. Weak economic conditions have also impacted certain borrowers the Company has extended credit to, making it difficult for those borrowers to continue to make timely repayment on their loans. An inability of certain borrowers to continue to perform under the original terms of their respective loan agreements in conjunction with declines in real estate collateral values may result in increases in provisions for loan losses that have an adverse impact on the Company’s operating results.
See also Note 3. Loans, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K, for a more detailed discussion concerning credit quality, including the Company’s related policy.
Summary of Loan Portfolio
At December 31, 2011, total gross loan balances were $646.3 million. This represents a decline of approximately $31.0 million or 4.6% from the $677.3 million reported at December 31, 2010. The current year decline in total gross loans was most significantly impacted by $25.8 million in problem loan sales. Exclusive of the loan sales, loan pay-downs, charge-offs and transfers to foreclosed collateral associated with the work through of certain problem credits, were largely offset by new loans issued during the year.
41
Table of Contents
The table below sets forth the composition of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
| | 2011 | | | | 2010 | | | | 2009 | | | | 2008 | | | | 2007 | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Amount | | Percent | | Amount | | Percent | | Amount | | Percent | | Amount | | Percent | | Amount | | Percent | |
Real Estate Secured | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Multi-family residential | | $ | 15,915 | | 2.5% | | $ | 17,637 | | 2.6% | | $ | 20,631 | | 2.8% | | $ | 16,206 | | 2.4% | | $ | 12,779 | | 2.1% | |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | 20,839 | | 3.2% | | 21,804 | | 3.2% | | 25,483 | | 3.5% | | 23,910 | | 3.5% | | 24,326 | | 4.0% | |
Home equity line of credit | | 31,047 | | 4.8% | | 30,801 | | 4.5% | | 29,780 | | 4.1% | | 26,409 | | 3.9% | | 17,470 | | 2.8% | |
Commercial | | 357,499 | | 55.4% | | 348,583 | | 51.6% | | 337,940 | | 46.5% | | 285,631 | | 41.8% | | 274,266 | | 44.7% | |
Farmland | | 8,155 | | 1.3% | | 15,136 | | 2.2% | | 13,079 | | 1.8% | | 10,723 | | 1.6% | | 11,557 | | 1.9% | |
Total real estate secured | | 433,455 | | 67.2% | | 433,961 | | 64.1% | | 426,913 | | 58.7% | | 362,879 | | 53.2% | | 340,398 | | 55.5% | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | 141,065 | | 21.8% | | 145,811 | | 21.6% | | 157,270 | | 21.6% | | 157,674 | | 23.1% | | 134,178 | | 21.8% | |
Agriculture | | 15,740 | | 2.4% | | 15,168 | | 2.2% | | 17,698 | | 2.4% | | 13,744 | | 2.0% | | 11,367 | | 1.9% | |
Other | | 89 | | 0.0% | | 153 | | 0.0% | | 238 | | 0.0% | | 620 | | 0.1% | | 535 | | 0.1% | |
Total commercial | | 156,894 | | 24.2% | | 161,132 | | 23.8% | | 175,206 | | 24.0% | | 172,038 | | 25.2% | | 146,080 | | 23.8% | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Single family residential | | 13,039 | | 2.0% | | 11,525 | | 1.7% | | 15,538 | | 2.1% | | 11,414 | | 1.7% | | 10,239 | | 1.6% | |
Single family residential - Speculative | | 8 | | 0.0% | | 2,391 | | 0.4% | | 3,400 | | 0.5% | | 15,395 | | 2.3% | | 18,718 | | 3.1% | |
Tract | | - | | 0.0% | | - | | 0.0% | | 2,215 | | 0.3% | | 2,431 | | 0.4% | | 1,664 | | 0.3% | |
Multi-family | | 1,669 | | 0.3% | | 2,218 | | 0.3% | | 2,300 | | 0.3% | | 5,808 | | 0.9% | | 9,054 | | 1.5% | |
Hospitality | | - | | 0.0% | | - | | 0.0% | | 14,306 | | 2.0% | | 18,630 | | 2.7% | | 16,784 | | 2.7% | |
Commercial | | 8,015 | | 1.2% | | 27,785 | | 4.1% | | 27,128 | | 3.7% | | 21,484 | | 3.2% | | 30,677 | | 5.0% | |
Total Construction | | 22,731 | | 3.5% | | 43,919 | | 6.5% | | 64,887 | | 8.9% | | 75,162 | | 11.2% | | 87,136 | | 14.2% | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Land | | 26,454 | | 4.1% | | 30,685 | | 4.5% | | 52,793 | | 7.2% | | 61,681 | | 9.1% | | 31,064 | | 5.1% | |
Installment loans to individuals | | 6,479 | | 1.0% | | 7,392 | | 1.1% | | 8,327 | | 1.1% | | 7,851 | | 1.2% | | 7,977 | | 1.3% | |
All other loans (including overdrafts) | | 273 | | 0.0% | | 214 | | 0.0% | | 553 | | 0.1% | | 536 | | 0.1% | | 562 | | 0.1% | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total gross loans | | $ | 646,286 | | 100.0% | | $ | 677,303 | | 100.0% | | $ | 728,679 | | 100.0% | | $ | 680,147 | | 100.0% | | $ | 613,217 | | 100.0% | |
Deferred loan fees | | 1,111 | | | | 1,613 | | | | 1,825 | | | | 1,701 | | | | 1,732 | | | |
Allowance for loan losses | | 19,314 | | | | 24,940 | | | | 14,372 | | | | 10,412 | | | | 6,143 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total net loans | | $ | 625,861 | | | | $ | 650,750 | | | | $ | 712,482 | | | | $ | 668,034 | | | | $ | 605,342 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Loans held for sale | | $ | 21,947 | | | | $ | 11,008 | | | | $ | 9,487 | | | | $ | 7,939 | | | | $ | 902 | | | |
Real Estate Secured
The following provides a break-down of the Bank’s real estate secured portfolio as of December 31, 2011:
| | December 31, 2011 | | | | Percent of Bank | | | | Single | |
| | | | Undisbursed | | Total Bank | | Percent | | Total Risk | | Number | | Largest | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Balance | | Commitment | | Exposure | | Composition | | Based Capital | | of Loans | | Loan (1) | |
Real Estate Secured | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Retail | | $ | 40,610 | | $ | 289 | | $ | 40,899 | | 9.0 | % | 33.1 | % | 50 | | $ | 5,000 | |
Professional | | 56,283 | | 96 | | 56,379 | | 12.4 | % | 45.6 | % | 84 | | 10,000 | |
Hospitality | | 101,191 | | 850 | | 102,041 | | 22.4 | % | 82.6 | % | 45 | | 10,692 | |
Multi-family | | 15,915 | | - | | 15,915 | | 3.5 | % | 12.9 | % | 20 | | 3,128 | |
Home equity lines of credit | | 31,047 | | 19,489 | | 50,536 | | 11.1 | % | 40.9 | % | 329 | | 1,340 | |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | 20,839 | | 68 | | 20,907 | | 4.6 | % | 16.9 | % | 62 | | 2,400 | |
Farmland | | 8,155 | | 449 | | 8,604 | | 1.9 | % | 7.0 | % | 16 | | 2,693 | |
Healthcare / medical | | 23,481 | | - | | 23,481 | | 5.2 | % | 19.0 | % | 31 | | 7,500 | |
Restaurants / hospitality | | 6,854 | | 73 | | 6,927 | | 1.5 | % | 5.6 | % | 13 | | 2,541 | |
Commercial | | 117,149 | | 546 | | 117,695 | | 25.7 | % | 95.4 | % | 128 | | 6,720 | |
Other | | 11,931 | | 161 | | 12,092 | | 2.7 | % | 9.8 | % | 19 | | 2,100 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total real estate secured | | $ | 433,455 | | $ | 22,021 | | $ | 455,476 | | 100.0 | % | 368.8 | % | 797 | | $ | 10,692 | |
(1) Amount reported reflects the original loan amount for the single largest loan that remains oustanding as of December 31, 2011.
42
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2011, real estate secured balances were $433.5 million or $0.5 million lower than that reported at December 31, 2010. The year over year decrease can be attributed to decreases across substantially all segments of the real estate secured loan portfolio, except commercial real estate, which experienced a net increase of $8.9 million. The primary factor behind the increase in commercial real estate can be attributed to transfers from the construction segment upon project completion and new loans issued, net of pay downs, totaling $34.2 million, which were partially offset by a $18.9 million reduction due to the problem loan sales, $2.6 million of loans transferred to OREO and $3.8 million in loan charge-offs on non-performing loans, during 2011. The increase in secured commercial loans was partially offset by declines in farmland loans due to the pay-off of a large loan and other net pay-downs totaling $5.3 million and the sale of a $1.7 million loan, and in residential 1-4 family loans due in part to the sale of a $0.2 million loan as part of the problem loan sales in 2011, while the balance of the year to date change was due to pay downs and pay-offs, net of new loans issued during 2011. Home equity lines of credit increased approximately $0.2 million due to new net line draws of $1.4 million, partially offset by charge-offs and transfers to OREO totaling $1.2 million.
At December 31, 2011, real estate secured balances as well as related unfunded commitments represented 369% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital which is down from 413% reported at December 31, 2010. The year over year decline can be attributed to the additional capital from positive earnings in 2011 as well as the $3.2 million reduction in the total bank exposure as of December 31, 2011.
At December 31, 2011, $152.3 million or 35.1% of real estate secured balances were owner occupied. This compares to $162.1 million or 37.3% of total real estate secured balances reported at December 31, 2010.
Commercial
Commercial loans, primarily consisting of commercial and industrial (“C&I”) and agricultural loans, totaled $156.9 million at December 31, 2011. This represents a decline of $4.2 million from that reported at December 31, 2010.
C&I
The following table provides a break-down of the commercial and industrial segment of the commercial loan portfolio by industry served as of December 31, 2011:
| | December 31, 2011 | | | Percent of Bank | | | Single | |
| | | | Undisbursed | | Total Bank | | Percent | | Total Risk | | Number | | Largest | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Balance | | Commitment | | Exposure | | Composition | | Based Capital | | of Loans | | Loan (1) | |
Commercial and Industrial | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agriculture | | $ | 3,607 | | $ | 4,138 | | $ | 7,745 | | 3.6 | % | 6.3 | % | 30 | | $ | 2,000 | |
Oil gas and utilities | | 1,617 | | 921 | | 2,538 | | 1.2 | % | 2.1 | % | 5 | | 988 | |
Construction | | 22,889 | | 16,994 | | 39,883 | | 18.6 | % | 32.3 | % | 157 | | 5,438 | |
Manufacturing | | 11,859 | | 8,407 | | 20,266 | | 9.5 | % | 16.4 | % | 92 | | 1,675 | |
Wholesale and retail | | 10,827 | | 5,786 | | 16,613 | | 7.8 | % | 13.4 | % | 118 | | 1,174 | |
Transportation and warehousing | | 2,029 | | 862 | | 2,891 | | 1.4 | % | 2.3 | % | 37 | | 596 | |
Media and information services | | 5,442 | | 2,814 | | 8,256 | | 3.9 | % | 6.7 | % | 27 | | 1,700 | |
Financial services | | 8,831 | | 2,117 | | 10,948 | | 5.1 | % | 8.9 | % | 48 | | 1,580 | |
Real estate / rental and leasing | | 18,160 | | 11,649 | | 29,809 | | 13.9 | % | 24.1 | % | 101 | | 3,500 | |
Professional services | | 17,613 | | 8,559 | | 26,172 | | 12.2 | % | 21.2 | % | 149 | | 2,845 | |
Healthcare / medical | | 11,849 | | 6,951 | | 18,800 | | 8.8 | % | 15.2 | % | 114 | | 11,464 | |
Restaurants / hospitality | | 22,128 | | 2,384 | | 24,512 | | 11.5 | % | 19.8 | % | 96 | | 6,000 | |
All other | | 4,214 | | 1,232 | | 5,446 | | 2.5 | % | 4.4 | % | 78 | | 1,200 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | $ | 141,065 | | $ | 72,814 | | $ | 213,879 | | 100.0 | % | 173.2 | % | 1,052 | | $ | 11,464 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(1) Amount reported reflects the original loan amount for the single largest loan that remains oustanding as of December 31, 2011.
At December 31, 2011, commercial and industrial loans represented approximately $141.1 million or 21.8% of total gross loan balances. This represents a decline of approximately $4.8 million or 3.3% as compared to prior year end. The year to date decline can be attributed to pay-downs and payoffs, net of new advances, across most of the industries within the segment, which totaled $0.4 million in 2011, the impacts of the loan sales during the year which resulted in a $0.4 million reduction in commercial and industrial loan balances, as well as charge-offs and transfers to OREO totaling approximately $4.0 million during 2011. As a result of these factors, the ratio of total commercial and industrial loan balances, including undisbursed commitments to risk-based capital, declined from 195.1% at December 31, 2010 to 173.2% at December 31, 2011. The Company’s credit exposure within the C&I segment remains diverse with respect to the industries to which that credit has been extended.
43
Table of Contents
Agriculture
At December 31, 2011, agriculture balances totaled approximately $15.7 million or 2.4% of total gross loan balances, which represents an approximate $0.6 million increase when compared to that reported at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, agriculture balances represented 12.7% and 13.6%, respectively, of the Bank’s total risk-based capital.
Construction
The following provides a break-down of the Bank’s construction portfolio as of December 31, 2011:
| | December 31, 2011 | | | Percent of Bank | | | Single | |
| | | | Undisbursed | | Total Bank | | Percent | | Total Risk | | Number | | Largest | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Balance | | Commitment | | Exposure | | Composition | | Based Capital | | of Loans | | Loan (1) | |
Construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Single family residential | | $ | 13,039 | | $ | 6,855 | | $ | 19,894 | | 50.0 | % | 16.1 | % | 14 | | $ | 5,250 | |
Single family residential - Spec. | | 8 | | 242 | | 250 | | 0.6 | % | 0.2 | % | 1 | | 250 | |
Multi-family | | 1,669 | | - | | 1,669 | | 4.2 | % | 1.4 | % | 1 | | 1,698 | |
Commercial | | 8,015 | | 9,985 | | 18,000 | | 45.2 | % | 14.5 | % | 6 | | 7,600 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total construction | | $ | 22,731 | | $ | 17,082 | | $ | 39,813 | | 100.0 | % | 32.2 | % | 22 | | $ | 7,600 | |
(1) Amount reported reflects the original loan amount for the single largest loan that remains oustanding as of December 31, 2011.
At December 31, 2011, construction balances represented approximately $22.7 million or 3.5% of total gross loan balances, a decrease of $21.2 million or 48.2% from that reported at December 31, 2010. This decline is related to the transfer of loans into other categories, primarily $2.2 million transferred to real estate secured residential and $16.5 million transferred to real estate secured commercial, upon completion of projects, as well as a $1.3 million residential – spec. real estate construction loan, which was sold as part of the problem loan sales during 2011 and net pay-downs in excess of new funds advanced on construction loans of $1.2 million. As a result of these factors, the ratio of total construction loan balances, including undisbursed commitments, to risk-based capital declined from 48.1% at December 31, 2010 to 32.2% at December 31, 2011.
Construction loans are typically granted for a one year period and then converted into permanent loans which typically have amortization terms of not more than 30 years, with 10 to 15 year maturities.
All loans the Bank originates that are considered construction or for acquisition and development are monitored by a construction budget. Draw requests are aligned with monthly projections and reviewed against documents submitted by the borrower. In addition a third party construction inspector conducts regular on-site visits to the project site and provides a written report comparing the loan balance to work completed, budget accuracy, as well as the adequacy of funds left to disburse against the remaining costs to complete the project.
As part of its ongoing monitoring of acquisition and development loans, the Bank periodically evaluates the appropriateness of continued use of interest reserves. Various factors are considered by the Bank when determining the continued use of an interest reserve with focus placed on certain “red flags” during the life-cycle of acquisition and development projects (acquisition, development, and construction). Such red flags are designed to alert the Bank to potential significant delays or execution risk for the overall project, which would indicate that continued use of an interest reserve is not appropriate, and include such things as the borrower’s delay, neglect, or failure to: (1) perform appropriate engineering and environmental studies, (2) prepare site plans, (3) submit formal applications to relevant planning and zoning authorities, (4) subdivide, level, or grade the site, (5) build out required site improvements, and (6) properly manage the construction phase of the project.
As of December 31, 2011 there were a total of six loans with interest reserves. The aggregate interest reserve balance associated with these loans was $0.8 million as of December 31, 2011, compared to the $0.4 million reported at December 31, 2010. The differences in underwriting practices for loans with interest reserves versus those without interest reserves are nominal. Construction and development loans are underwritten by examining the various financial and environmental factors specific to the project in need of financing. The viability of the project is then assessed against the financial strength of the sponsor/guarantor and their historical track record of performance. This process is essentially the same whether the proposed loan will include an interest reserve or not.
44
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2011 the outstanding balance of loans with an interest reserve totaled $14.8 million, compared to the $18.1 million reported at December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011 no loans of this type were non-accruing.
Land
The following provides a break-down of the Bank’s land portfolio as of December 31, 2011:
| | December 31, 2011 | | | Percent of Bank | | | Single | |
| | | | Undisbursed | | Total Bank | | Percent | | Total Risk | | Number | | Largest | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Balance | | Commitment | | Exposure | | Composition | | Based Capital | | of Loans | | Loan (1) | |
Land | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Single family residential | | $ | 4,845 | | $ | - | | $ | 4,845 | | 18.3 | % | 3.9 | % | 30 | | $ | 826 | |
Single family residential - Spec. | | 212 | | - | | 212 | | 0.8 | % | 0.2 | % | 2 | | 165 | |
Tract | | 11,400 | | - | | 11,400 | | 43.1 | % | 9.2 | % | 8 | | 10,673 | |
Commercial | | 9,115 | | - | | 9,115 | | 34.5 | % | 7.4 | % | 17 | | 1,500 | |
Hospitality | | 882 | | - | | 882 | | 3.3 | % | 0.7 | % | 2 | | 644 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total land | | $ | 26,454 | | $ | - | | $ | 26,454 | | 100.0 | % | 21.4 | % | 59 | | $ | 10,673 | |
(1) Amount reported reflects the original loan amount for the single largest loan that remains oustanding as of December 31, 2011.
At December 31, 2011, land balances represented approximately $26.5 million or 4.1% of total gross loan balances, a decline of $4.2 million or 13.8% from the corresponding balance reported at December 31, 2010. The decline in land loans is due to the sale of a $1.3 million loan as part of the problem loan sales completed during 2011 and net pay downs of $2.9 million. As a result of these factors, the ratio of total construction loan balances, including undisbursed commitments, to risk-based capital declined from 28.9% at December 31, 2010 to 21.4% at December 31, 2011.
Installment
At December 31, 2011, the installment loan balances were approximately $6.5 million compared to the $7.4 million reported at December 31, 2010. Installment loans include revolving credit plans, consumer loans, as well as credit card balances obtained in the acquisition of Business First. The Bank typically grants such loans to borrowers within the Bank’s primary market area.
Loans Held for Sale
Loans held for sale primarily consist of mortgage originations that have already been specifically designated for sale pursuant to correspondent mortgage loan investor agreements. There is minimal interest rate risk associated with these loans as purchase commitments are in place with investors at the time the Company funds them. Settlement from the correspondents is typically within 30 to 60 days of funding the mortgage. At December 31, 2011, mortgage correspondent loans (loans held for sale) totaled approximately $17.7 million, $6.7 million more than that reported at December 31, 2010. The increase in mortgage correspondent loans in 2011 is largely due to mortgage rates falling to new historic lows in the second half of 2011 and increases in sales staffing in the mortgage department, both of which has resulted in an increased volume of mortgages written and subsequently sold.
In addition to the mortgage correspondent loans, the Company also had $4.3 million of loans, primarily commercial real estate loans that were under contract for sale as of December 31, 2011, which subsequently closed in mid-January 2012. Prior to transferring the loans to held for sale, the Company charged them down from their book balance at the time the sale was negotiated of $5.9 million to their fair value as evidenced by the sales agreement price of $4.3 million.
Foreign Loans
At December 31, 2011, there were no foreign loans outstanding.
45
Table of Contents
Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates
The following table provides a summary of the approximate maturities and sensitivity to change in interest rates for the loan portfolio as well as information about fixed and variable rate loans at December 31, 2011. Loans currently at or below their floor were classified as fixed in the table below:
| | | | | | Due Over | | Due Over | | Due Over | | | | | |
| | Due Less | | Due | | 12 Months | | 3 Years | | 5 Years | | | | | |
| | Than 3 | | 3 To 12 | | Through | | Through | | Through | | Due Over | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Months | | Months | | 3 Years | | 5 Years | | 15 Years | | 15 Years | | Total | |
Real Estate Secured | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Multi-family residential | | $ | 418 | | $ | - | | $ | 5,015 | | $ | 2,130 | | $ | 6,136 | | $ | 2,216 | | $ | 15,915 | |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | 2,006 | | 1,002 | | 5,850 | | 5,841 | | 3,527 | | 2,613 | | 20,839 | |
Home equity line of credit | | 16,338 | | 48 | | 151 | | 200 | | 1,137 | | 13,173 | | 31,047 | |
Commercial | | 25,860 | | 13,555 | | 52,559 | | 57,984 | | 204,639 | | 2,902 | | 357,499 | |
Farmland | | 1,198 | | 1,129 | | 1,530 | | 287 | | 3,904 | | 107 | | 8,155 | |
Commercial | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | 32,352 | | 54,123 | | 16,876 | | 26,959 | | 10,334 | | 421 | | 141,065 | |
Agriculture | | 5,898 | | 5,415 | | 895 | | 81 | | 3,451 | | - | | 15,740 | |
Other | | 3 | | 4 | | - | | 82 | | - | | - | | 89 | |
Construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Single family residential | | 6,195 | | 3,271 | | 2,828 | | - | | 745 | | - | | 13,039 | |
Single family residential - Spec. | | - | | 8 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 8 | |
Multi-family | | - | | 1,669 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 1,669 | |
Commercial | | 2,087 | | 5,928 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 8,015 | |
Land | | 8,641 | | 11,108 | | 5,814 | | 387 | | 504 | | - | | 26,454 | |
Installment loans to individuals | | 1,171 | | 1,076 | | 983 | | 1,173 | | 964 | | 1,112 | | 6,479 | |
All other loans (including overdrafts) | | 273 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 273 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total loans, gross | | $ | 102,440 | | $ | 98,336 | | $ | 92,501 | | $ | 95,124 | | $ | 235,341 | | $ | 22,544 | | $ | 646,286 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Variable rate loans | | 47,832 | | 15,573 | | 26,429 | | 14,030 | | 910 | | - | | 104,774 | |
Fixed rate loans | | 54,608 | | 82,763 | | 66,072 | | 81,094 | | 234,431 | | 22,544 | | 541,512 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total loans, gross | | $ | 102,440 | | $ | 98,336 | | $ | 92,501 | | $ | 95,124 | | $ | 235,341 | | $ | 22,544 | | $ | 646,286 | |
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
As previously mentioned, the Company maintains an allowance for loan losses at a level considered by Management to be adequate to provide for probable losses incurred as of the balance sheet date. The allowance is comprised of three components: specific credit allocation, general portfolio allocation and qualitatively determined allocation. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses charged to earnings and decreased by loan charge-offs, net of recovered balances. Please see Note 4. Allowance for Loan Losses, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K for a detailed discussion concerning the Company’s methodology for determining an adequate allowance for loan losses. Please also see Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K for additional discussion concerning the allowance for loan losses, loan charge-offs, and credit risk management.
For reporting purposes, the Company allocates the allowance for loan losses across product types within the loan portfolio. However, substantially all of the allowance is available to absorb all credit losses without restriction, unless specific reserves have been established.
46
Table of Contents
The following table provides a summary of the allowance for loan losses and its allocation to each major loan category of the loan portfolio as well as the percentage that each major category’s allowance represents as a percentage of gross loan balances in that category as of December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
| | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | | 2008 | | 2007 | |
| | | | Percent | | | | Percent | | | | Percent | | | | Percent | | | | Percent | |
| | Amount | | of Loan | | Amount | | of Loan | | Amount | | of Loan | | Amount | | of Loan | | Amount | | of Loan | |
(dollars amounts in thousands) | | Allocated | | Segment | | Allocated | | Segment | | Allocated | | Segment | | Allocated | | Segment | | Allocated | | Segment | |
Real Estate Secured | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Multi-family residential | | $ | 87 | | 0.5 | % | $ | 118 | | 0.7 | % | $ | 119 | | 0.6 | % | $ | 250 | | 1.5 | % | $ | 129 | | 1.0 | % |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | 397 | | 1.9 | % | 447 | | 2.1 | % | 264 | | 1.0 | % | 364 | | 1.5 | % | 246 | | 1.0 | % |
Home equity line of credit | | 421 | | 1.4 | % | 219 | | 0.7 | % | 179 | | 0.6 | % | 406 | | 1.5 | % | 172 | | 1.0 | % |
Commercial | | 8,511 | | 2.4 | % | 10,862 | | 3.1 | % | 6,081 | | 1.8 | % | 4,354 | | 1.5 | % | 2,747 | | 1.0 | % |
Farmland | | 229 | | 2.8 | % | 239 | | 1.6 | % | 208 | | 1.6 | % | 167 | | 1.6 | % | 117 | | 1.0 | % |
Total real estate secured | | 9,645 | | 2.2 | % | 11,885 | | 2.7 | % | 6,851 | | 1.6 | % | 5,541 | | 1.5 | % | 3,411 | | 1.0 | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | 6,200 | | 4.4 | % | 9,024 | | 6.2 | % | 4,635 | | 2.9 | % | 2,405 | | 1.5 | % | 1,339 | | 1.0 | % |
Agriculture | | 349 | | 2.2 | % | 482 | | 3.2 | % | 178 | | 1.0 | % | 208 | | 1.5 | % | 117 | | 1.0 | % |
Other | | - | | 0.0 | % | 1 | | 0.7 | % | 1 | | 0.4 | % | 10 | | 1.6 | % | 6 | | 1.1 | % |
Total commercial | | 6,549 | | 4.2 | % | 9,507 | | 5.9 | % | 4,814 | | 2.7 | % | 2,623 | | 1.5 | % | 1,462 | | 1.0 | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Single family residential | | 139 | | 1.1 | % | 632 | | 5.5 | % | 304 | | 2.0 | % | 177 | | 1.6 | % | 98 | | 1.0 | % |
Single family residential - Spec. | | - | | 0.0 | % | 75 | | 3.1 | % | 46 | | 1.4 | % | 239 | | 1.6 | % | 190 | | 1.0 | % |
Tract | | - | | 0.0 | % | - | | 0.0 | % | 190 | | 8.6 | % | 42 | | 1.7 | % | 18 | | 1.1 | % |
Multi-family | | 148 | | 8.9 | % | 349 | | 15.7 | % | 90 | | 3.9 | % | 94 | | 1.6 | % | 92 | | 1.0 | % |
Hospitality | | - | | 0.0 | % | - | | 0.0 | % | 107 | | 0.7 | % | 281 | | 1.5 | % | 166 | | 1.0 | % |
Commercial | | 201 | | 2.5 | % | 297 | | 1.1 | % | 270 | | 1.0 | % | 333 | | 1.5 | % | 307 | | 1.0 | % |
Total construction | | 488 | | 2.1 | % | 1,353 | | 3.1 | % | 1,007 | | 1.6 | % | 1,166 | | 1.6 | % | 871 | | 1.0 | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Land | | 2,416 | | 9.1 | % | 2,000 | | 6.5 | % | 1,644 | | 3.1 | % | 947 | | 1.5 | % | 313 | | 1.0 | % |
Installment loans to individuals | | 175 | | 2.7 | % | 166 | | 2.2 | % | 40 | | 0.5 | % | 125 | | 1.6 | % | 80 | | 1.0 | % |
All other loans (including overdrafts) | | 41 | | 15.0 | % | 29 | | 13.6 | % | 16 | | 2.9 | % | 10 | | 1.9 | % | 6 | | 1.1 | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total allowance for loan losses | | $ | 19,314 | | 3.0 | % | $ | 24,940 | | 3.7 | % | $ | 14,372 | | 2.0 | % | $ | 10,412 | | 1.5 | % | $ | 6,143 | | 1.0 | % |
Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses decreased in 2011 as compared to December 31, 2010 by $5.6 million, due to improvement in the credit quality of the loan portfolio, which resulted from management’s efforts in 2011 to reduce classified loans, including non-performing loans, through loan sales and the work out of credit matters with borrowers. The decline in the allowance also reflects improvements in the level of special mention risk graded loans in 2011, due to the improvement in the credit quality of several large borrowers and the workout of credit issues on other loans. During 2011, the Company has also experienced some stabilization in both general economic conditions and real estate valuations, and a reduced level of new transfers of loans to non-performing status, which when combined with the sale of non-performing loans in 2011 has resulted in a decline in the overall allowance for loan losses.
The allowance for loan loss allocated to the commercial real estate segment of the portfolio declined by $2.4 million from $10.9 million at December 31, 2010 to $8.5 million at December 31, 2011. This decline was driven primarily in an improvement in the level of classified loans in the commercial real estate segment, which fell by 41.4% from $48.6 million at December 31, 2010 to $28.5 million at December 31, 2011. The C&I segment of the loan portfolio was the other segment that experienced a major decline in its allocation in the allowance for loan losses. This allowance for loan loss allocation declined by $2.8 million from $9.0 million at December 31, 2010 to $6.2 million at December 31, 2011. This decline was driven primarily by an improvement in the level of classified loans in the C&I segment which fell by 46.3% from $12.1 million at December 31, 2010 to $6.5 million at December 31, 2011. The decline in the C&I portion of the portfolio was also driven by improvements in the historical loss history during 2011, which factors into the determination of the general reserve component of the allowance for loan loss. The allocation of allowance for loan loss related to the construction segment of the loan portfolio declined by $0.9 million from $1.4 million at December 31, 2010 to $0.5 million at December 31, 2011. The construction segment of the loan portfolio declined by 48.2% over 2011 and classified construction loans fell by 14.2% accounting for the decline in allowance for loan loss allocation to this loan portfolio segment. Despite the decline in the total dollar amount of the allowance for loan losses, it has increased as a percentage of non-accrual loans to 156.2% at December 31, 2011, as compared to 76.0% at December 31, 2010. This significant improvement is due to the reduction of non-performing loans.
47
Table of Contents
The balance of the allowance for loan losses peaked in 2010 in large part due to actions taken in the last three quarters of 2010. These actions in 2010 were targeted in three main segments: real estate secured, commercial and industrial, and land. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses to the real estate secured segment of the loan portfolio in 2010 increased due in large part to higher balances of classified real estate loans, which led to an increase in specific credit reserves within this segment, increased levels of credit losses and the continued weakness in local and state economic conditions. Contributing further to the 2010 increase in the allocation to the real estate secured segment of the portfolio was an increase in watch list credits within this segment, specifically within commercial real estate. Increases in the allocation to commercial and industrial balances in 2010 can be attributed in large part to higher credit losses within this segment in conjunction with the continued weakened state of economic conditions. A reduction in the allocation to the land segment of the loan portfolio in 2010 can be attributed in part to lower levels of classified balances within this segment as well as the charge-off of specific reserves.
Although we have experienced some stabilization in general economic conditions and real estate values in 2011, should the local market experience further deterioration in economic conditions or credit quality of the segments mentioned above it may result in additional significant provisions for loan losses and increases in the allocation of the allowance to those categories.
At December 31, 2011, the balance of classified loans was approximately $53.9 million. This compares to the $75.5 million in classified loan balances reported at December 31, 2010. The decline in the level of classified loans is due in part to the upgrade of several loans, totaling $27.3 million, in 2011 resulting from the improved condition of the borrower and the impacts of the loan sales and pay downs, which aggregated $37.5 million in 2011. These reductions in classified loans were partially offset by net downgrades of $43.2 million of new loans to substandard status during the period.
Although the improvement in classified assets has had a direct impact on the level of calculated general portfolio allocation, under the Company’s methodology for determining an appropriate level for the allowance for loan losses, other factors, such as elevated recent historical charge-off levels, and continued concerns over the speed and level of recovery of the local economy and real estate values require us to maintain a historically high allowance for loan losses.
Net charge-offs to average loans for 2011 were 1.75%. This compares to 2.96% reported in 2010. At December 31, 2011, the allowance for loan losses represented 2.99% of total gross loans compared to 3.68% reported at December 31, 2010. The decline in the allowance as a percentage of gross loans reflects management’s efforts to reduce the level of non-accruing loans in 2011, as well as trends in the overall loan portfolio in which we have seen declines in the levels of past due loans and loans that are identified as special mention, substandard and doubtful (See Note 3. Loans and Note 4. Allowance for Loan Losses, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K filing for additional details). While the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of gross loans declined in 2011, the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans increased significantly to 156% at December 31, 2011 from 76% at December 31, 2010.
As of December 31, 2011, Management believes the allowance for loan losses was sufficient to cover probable losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio.
Summary of Credit Losses
Loans charged-off during 2011 totaled approximately $14.1 million. This compares to charge-offs of approximately $23.9 million reported in 2010. The decrease in charge-offs in 2011 as compared to prior year is due in large part to elevated charge-off levels in the second and third quarters of 2010, when we recorded charge-offs equal to 100% of our current basis in several loans in our portfolio. These 100% charge-offs were recorded due to the prolonged deterioration in the borrowers’ ability to repay and the lack of viable collateral to continue to justify any level of recoverability against these loans. Of the 2011 charge-off activity, $7.2 million were made to write-down problem loans to their estimated fair values, which equaled the agreed upon sales price of such loans.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, charge-offs totaled $23.9 million, representing an increase of $3.6 million or 18.1% from that reported for 2009. Losses occurred primarily in the commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, and construction / land segments of the portfolio. The charge-offs in these segments were driven by a few discrete credit issues in each segment that required the full charge-off of the entire balance of the loan due to the specific facts and circumstances of each loan, as opposed to wholesale issues across each segment. Net charge-offs totaled $21.0 million and increased $0.9 million or 4.3% during 2010 from that reported for 2009.
48
Table of Contents
The following table provides an analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
| For The Years Ended December 31, |
(dollars amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | | 2008 | | 2007 | |
Balance, beginning of period | | $ | 24,940 | | $ | 14,372 | | $ | 10,412 | | $ | 6,143 | | $ | 4,081 | |
Balance of Business First National Bank, beginning of period | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 1,381 | |
Charge-offs: | | | | | | | | | | | |
Real Estate Secured | | | | | | | | | | | |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | 30 | | 753 | | 558 | | 555 | | - | |
Home equity line of credit | | 407 | | 10 | | - | | - | | - | |
Commercial | | 1,517 | | 4,502 | | 339 | | 340 | | - | |
Farmland | | 226 | | 235 | | - | | - | | - | |
Commercial | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | 4,194 | | 12,249 | | 5,816 | | 3,854 | | 233 | |
Agriculture | | 174 | | 1,489 | | 2,224 | | - | | - | |
Construction | | 47 | | 1,259 | | 2,218 | | 1,837 | | 16 | |
Land | | 103 | | 2,985 | | 8,886 | | 1,434 | | - | |
Installment loans to individuals | | 204 | | 371 | | 163 | | 20 | | - | |
All other loans | | - | | - | | - | | 36 | | - | |
Total Loan Charge-offs | | 6,902 | | | 23,853 | | | 20,204 | | | 8,076 | | | 249 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Charge-offs related to the sale of loans | | | | | | | | | | | |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | 3 | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Home equity line of credit | | 57 | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Commercial real estate | | 5,404 | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Farmland | | 681 | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | 58 | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Construction | | 291 | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Land | | 690 | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Total charge-offs related to the sale of loans | | 7,184 | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total charge-offs | | 14,086 | | 23,853 | | 20,204 | | 8,076 | | 249 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Recoveries: | | | | | | | | | | | |
Real Estate Secured | | | | | | | | | | | |
Resiential 1 to 4 family | | 30 | | 87 | | 21 | | 2 | | - | |
Home equity line of credit | | 4 | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Commercial | | 313 | | 27 | | - | | - | | - | |
Farmland | | 13 | | 6 | | - | | - | | - | |
Commercial | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | 1,544 | | 1,349 | | 54 | | 107 | | 191 | |
Agriculture | | 125 | | 87 | | 4 | | - | | - | |
Construction | | 112 | | 10 | | 16 | | - | | 70 | |
Land | | 207 | | 1,311 | | - | | - | | - | |
Installment loans to individuals | | 49 | | 13 | | 2 | | 1 | | 3 | |
All other loans | | - | | - | | 1 | | 20 | | 6 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total recoveries | | 2,397 | | 2,890 | | 98 | | 130 | | 270 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net charge-offs / (recoveries) | | 11,689 | | 20,963 | | 20,106 | | 7,946 | | (21 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Provisions for loan losses | | 6,063 | | 31,531 | | 24,066 | | 12,215 | | 660 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, end of period | | $ | 19,314 | | $ | 24,940 | | $ | 14,372 | | $ | 10,412 | | $ | 6,143 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Gross loans, end of period | | $ | 646,286 | | $ | 677,303 | | $ | 728,679 | | $ | 680,147 | | $ | 613,217 | |
Allowance for loan losses to total gross loans | | 2.99 | % | 3.68 | % | 1.97 | % | 1.53 | % | 1.00 | % |
Net charge-offs to average loans | | 1.75 | % | 2.96 | % | 2.83 | % | 1.21 | % | 0.00 | % |
49
Table of Contents
Non-Performing Assets
Non-performing assets comprise loans placed on non-accrual status, loans that are 90 days or more past due and still accruing, and foreclosed assets (OREO and other assets owned). Generally, the Company places loans on non-accruing status when (1) the full and timely collection of all amounts due become uncertain, (2) a loan becomes 90 days or more past due (unless well-secured and in the process of collection) or (3) any portion of outstanding principal has been charged-off. See also Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 3. Loans of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K, for additional discussion concerning non-performing loans, as well as discussion concerning credit quality.
The following table provides a summary of the Bank’s non-performing assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
| | December 31, | | Variance | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | | Dollar | | Percent | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | - | | 0.0 | % |
| | | | | | | | | |
Non Accruing Loans: | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial real estate | | $ | 4,551 | | $ | 17,752 | | $ | (13,201 | ) | -74.4 | % |
Residential 1-4 family | | 622 | | 748 | | (126 | ) | -16.8 | % |
Home equity lines of credit | | 359 | | 1,019 | | (660 | ) | -64.8 | % |
Commercial and industrial | | 1,625 | | 3,921 | | (2,296 | ) | -58.6 | % |
Agriculture | | 2,327 | | 246 | | 2,081 | | 845.9 | % |
Farmland | | - | | 2,626 | | (2,626 | ) | -100.0 | % |
Construction | | 937 | | 3,040 | | (2,103 | ) | -69.2 | % |
Land | | 1,886 | | 3,371 | | (1,485 | ) | -44.1 | % |
Other | | 61 | | 96 | | (35 | ) | -36.5 | % |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total non-accruing loans | | $ | 12,368 | | $ | 32,819 | | $ | (20,451 | ) | -62.3 | % |
| | | | | | | | | |
Other real estate owned | | $ | 917 | | $ | 6,668 | | $ | (5,751 | ) | -86.2 | % |
Other repossessed assets | | 42 | | 27 | | 15 | | 55.6 | % |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total non-performing assets | | $ | 13,327 | | $ | 39,514 | | $ | (26,187 | ) | -66.3 | % |
| | | | | | | | | |
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total gross loans | | 2.99 | % | 3.68 | % | | | | |
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total non-performing loans | | 156.16 | % | 75.99 | % | | | | |
Ratio of non-performing loans to total gross loans | | 1.91 | % | 4.85 | % | | | | |
Ratio of non-performing assets to total assets | | 1.35 | % | 4.02 | % | | | | |
Note: In February 2012, a $1.25 million loan was placed on non-accrual due to facts that came to light subsequent to year end. Although the transfer to non-accrual did not have any impact on previously reported net income or total assets, it has been reflected as an adjustment to the level of non-accrual loans and assets as of December 31, 2011, as reported in the Company's Form 8-K filing on January 26, 2012. In addition, the Company has amended its previously filed regulatory reports to reflect this change.
The following table reconciles the change in total non-accruing balances for the year ended December 31, 2011:
| | Balance | | Additions to | | | | | | Transfers to | | Returns to | | | | | | Balance | |
| | December 31, | | Non-Accruing | | Net | | | | Foreclosed | | Preforming | | Net | | Transferred | | December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2010 | | Balances | | Paydowns | | Advances | | Collateral | | Status | | Charge-offs | | to Held for Sale | | 2011 | |
Real Estate Secured | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | $ | 748 | | $ | 165 | | $ | (39 | ) | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | (33 | ) | $ | (219 | ) | $ | 622 | |
Home equity line of credit | | 1,019 | | 621 | | (45 | ) | - | | (683 | ) | - | | (464 | ) | (89 | ) | 359 | |
Commercial | | 17,752 | | 4,942 | | (3,040 | ) | - | | (2,578 | ) | (1,374 | ) | (3,754 | ) | (7,397 | ) | 4,551 | |
Farmland | | 2,626 | | 226 | | (92 | ) | - | | - | | (1,695 | ) | (515 | ) | (550 | ) | - | |
Commercial | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | 3,921 | | 4,752 | | (2,198 | ) | 10 | | (276 | ) | (77 | ) | (3,730 | ) | (777 | ) | 1,625 | |
Agriculture | | 246 | | 2,227 | | (58 | ) | 87 | | - | | - | | (175 | ) | - | | 2,327 | |
Construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Single family residential | | 1,311 | | - | | (327 | ) | - | | - | | - | | (47 | ) | - | | 937 | |
Single family residential - Spec. | | 1,250 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | (291 | ) | (959 | ) | - | |
Multi-family | | 479 | | - | | (479 | ) | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Land | | 3,371 | | 1,006 | | (603 | ) | - | | - | | (1,481 | ) | (127 | ) | (280 | ) | 1,886 | |
Installment loans to individuals | | 96 | | 286 | | (22 | ) | - | | (135 | ) | - | | (164 | ) | - | | 61 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Totals | | $ | 32,819 | | $ | 14,225 | | $ | (6,903 | ) | $ | 97 | | $ | (3,672 | ) | $ | (4,627 | ) | $ | (9,300 | ) | $ | (10,271 | ) | $ | 12,368 | |
At December 31, 2011, the balance of non-accruing loans was approximately $12.4 million or $20.5 million lower than that reported at December 31, 2010. The decline in non-accruing balances can be attributed in part to Management’s work-through of problem credits and the sale of certain problem loans during 2011. While a portion of the non-accrual balances were charged-off, the Company saw approximately $4.6 million in balances return to accruing status following the Company’s efforts to work with borrowers to bring resolution to problem credits. Additionally, the Company transferred approximately $3.7 million to the OREO portfolio and sold substantially all of the assets transferred into OREO during 2011 by year end. The Company also received approximately $6.9 million in principal payments on non-accruing loans during 2011. Non-performing assets totaled approximately $13.3 million at December 31, 2011, approximately $26.2 million lower than reported at December 31, 2010. The decline in non-performing assets is primarily due to the declines in non-accruing loans discussed above as well as a $5.8 million reduction in OREO, due to sale of OREO assets in 2011.
50
Table of Contents
The recorded investment in impaired loans as of December 31, 2011 was $13.4 million, down $22.2 million since prior year-end. Impaired loans at December 31, 2011 included troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) of $3.7 million which represented a decrease of $6.7 million since December 31, 2010. Of the $6.7 million decline in TDRs, $4.1 million was attributable to the loans that were sold during 2011, as part of the Company’s efforts to reduce non-performing assets. The balance of the reduction is due to loan pay-downs, transfers to OREO and charge-offs during 2011. Of the balance of TDRs at December 31, 2011, $0.8 million were accruing. In a majority of TDR cases, the Company has granted concessions regarding interest rates, payment structure and maturity. Forgone interest related to TDRs totaled $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011, the Company was not committed to lend any additional funds to borrowers whose obligations to the Company were restructured.
Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)
As of December 31, 2011, the balance of OREO was $0.9 million, a decrease of $5.8 million from that reported at December 31, 2010. This decrease reflected the Company’s strategy to aggressively work to reduce non-performing assets, as the Company sold $8.1 million of OREO assets through 2011. The Company’s effort to reduce the level of OREO was partially offset by $3.5 million of newly foreclosed assets being transferred to OREO during the year. The majority of the assets transferred in were commercial real estate and to a lesser degree residential 1 — 4 family. Exiting 2011, the Company held 5 properties, the largest of which was a single family residential — speculative property with an estimated fair value of just over $0.4 million.
Total Cash and Cash Equivalents
Total cash and cash equivalents were $34.9 million and $23.0 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. This line item will vary depending on daily cash settlement activities, the amount of highly liquid assets needed based on known events such as the repayment of borrowings, and actual cash on hand in the branches. The year to date increase is attributable to a combination of the December 2010 balance being lower than normal due to the pay down of various obligations prior to the end of the year and elevated balances at December 2011 due to the timing lag between receipt of proceeds from investment security sales and maturities near the end of the month and redeployment of such funds into the investment portfolio.
Investment Securities and Other Earning Assets
Other earning assets are comprised of Interest Bearing Due from Federal Reserve, Federal Funds Sold (funds the Company lends on a short-term basis to other banks), investments in securities and short-term interest bearing deposits at other financial institutions. These assets are maintained for liquidity needs of the Company, collateralization of public deposits, and diversification of the earning asset mix.
Securities Available for Sale
The Company manages its securities portfolio to provide a source of both liquidity and earnings. The Company has invested in a mix of securities including obligations of U.S government agencies, mortgage backed securities, state and municipal securities and more recently corporate debt securities. The Company has an Asset/Liability Committee that develops current investment policies based upon its operating needs and market circumstance. The Company’s investment policy is formally reviewed and approved annually by the Board of Directors. The Asset/Liability Committee of the Company is responsible for reporting and monitoring compliance with the investment policy. Reports are provided to the Bank’s Board of Directors on a regular basis.
51
Table of Contents
The composition of the investment portfolio as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was a follows:
| As of December 31, |
| | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | |
| | Amortized | | | | Amortized | | | | Amortized | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Cost | | Fair Value | | Cost | | Fair Value | | Cost | | Fair Value | |
Obligations of U.S. government agencies | | $ | 4,209 | | $ | 4,326 | | $ | 6,684 | | $ | 6,436 | | $ | 108 | | $ | 104 | |
Mortgage backed securities | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies | | 116,732 | | 117,325 | | 159,448 | | 160,617 | | 78,203 | | 77,950 | |
Non-agency | | 34,667 | | 34,532 | | 10,170 | | 9,059 | | 21,935 | | 20,153 | |
State and municipal securities | | 49,661 | | 51,923 | | 49,459 | | 47,745 | | 22,653 | | 22,864 | |
Corporate debt securities | | 28,909 | | 26,856 | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Other | | 2,059 | | 2,020 | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | 236,237 | | $ | 236,982 | | $ | 225,761 | | $ | 223,857 | | $ | 122,899 | | $ | 121,071 | |
At December 31, 2011, the balance of the investment portfolio was approximately $237.0 million or $13.1 million higher than that reported at December 31, 2010. The change in the balance of the portfolio can be attributed in large part to the Company actively investing cash received from the inflow of deposits and the net pay-down on loans. The Company made securities purchases in 2011 in the aggregate amount of $201.4 million, which were partially offset by proceeds from sale, principal payments, call and maturity of investments totaling approximately $189.6 million. During 2011, the Company recorded a net pre-tax gain of approximately $1.9 million on the sale of various investment securities.
Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with related unrealized net gains or losses, net of deferred income taxes, recorded as an adjustment to the other comprehensive income component of stockholders’ equity. At December 31, 2011, the securities portfolio had net unrealized gains, net of taxes of approximately $0.4 million, an increase in the level of unrealized gains of approximately $1.6 million from the unrealized loss position reported at December 31, 2010. Changes in the fair value of the investment portfolio in the last three years can be attributed to extreme market turbulence and volatility in capital markets’ interest rates, stemming in part from continued weakened economic conditions and uncertain market conditions.
During the last three years, the credit markets came under significant stress as investor and consumer confidence in the U.S. financial system became significantly destabilized. As a result, many financial institutions in severe need of liquidity were forced to de-leverage for a variety of reasons, selling significant portions of their investment holdings which in turn placed considerable pressure on the values of many classes of investment securities. In particular, mortgage related securities came under substantial pressure and the Company’s portfolio was not immune to this.
Although substantially all of the Company’s mortgage related securities are considered “investment grade,” overall lack of confidence in the housing market, the inability of many consumers to meet their mortgage related obligations, and the strong need for liquidity during the last two years have, among other things, been influential in placing pressure on the prices of these types of securities.
As more fully discussed in Note 2. Investment Securities, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K, at December 31, 2011, we owned five Whole Loan Private Label Mortgage Backed Securities (“PMBS”) with a remaining principal balance of approximately $4.2 million. At December 31, 2011, one bond with an aggregate fair value of approximately $0.3 million remained below investment grade. This bond is in a senior tranche of its respective bond structure, meaning the Company has priority in cash flows and has subordinate tranches below its position providing credit support. During the fourth quarter of 2009 the Company performed an analysis, with the assistance of an independent third party, on several PMBS in the investment portfolio for other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”), including those previously mentioned. Based on that analysis, the Company determined four securities to be other than temporarily impaired. As a result, the Company realized approximately $0.4 million in aggregate pre-tax losses related to these securities during the fourth quarter of 2009. Since that time, the Company has recognized a loss of $0.2 million in the second quarter of 2010 and an additional $0.5 million in the first quarter of 2011 associated with the sale of two of the PMBS on which it had previously recognized OTTI. The losses recognized on the sale of these securities were due to changes in market pricing and did not indicate further credit related deterioration that would have impacted the ultimate value received upon sale.
The Company continues to perform regular extensive analyses on PMBS bonds in the portfolio, including but not limited to updates on: credit enhancements, loan-to-values, credit scores, delinquency rates and default rates. These investment securities continue to demonstrate cash flows as expected, based on pre-purchase analyses. As of December 31, 2011, Management does not believe that losses on PMBS in the portfolio, other than those previously discussed, are other than temporary.
52
Table of Contents
The majority of the Company’s mortgage securities were issued by: The Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), The Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), and The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). These securities carry the guarantee of the issuing agencies. At December 31, 2011, approximately $117.3 million or 77.3% of the Company’s mortgage related securities were issued by a government agency and government sponsored entities, such as those listed above.
All fixed and adjustable rate mortgage pools contain a certain amount of risk related to the uncertainty of prepayments of the underlying mortgages. Interest rate changes have a direct impact upon prepayment rates. The Company uses computer simulation models to test the average life, duration, market volatility and yield volatility of adjustable rate mortgage pools under various interest rate assumptions to monitor volatility. Stress tests are performed quarterly.
The following table sets forth the maturity distribution of available for sale securities in the investment portfolio and the weighted average yield for each category at December 31, 2011:
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | One Year Or
Less | | Over 1
Through 5
Years | | Over 5 Years
Through 10
Years | | Over 10
Tears | | Total | |
Obligations of U.S. government agencies | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | 1,478 | | $ | 2,848 | | $ | 4,326 | |
Mortgage backed securities | | | | | | | | | | | |
U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies | | 13,566 | | 89,415 | | 11,613 | | 2,731 | | 117,325 | |
Non-agency | | 2,466 | | 25,579 | | 6,176 | | 311 | | 34,532 | |
State and municipal securities | | 1,439 | | 5,811 | | 39,542 | | 5,131 | | 51,923 | |
Corporate debt securities | | - | | 23,302 | | 3,554.00 | | - | | 26,856 | |
Other | | - | | - | | 2,020 | | - | | 2,020 | |
Total available for sale securities | | $ | 17,471 | | $ | 144,107 | | $ | 64,383 | | $ | 11,021 | | $ | 236,982 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Amortized cost | | $ | 17,484 | | $ | 144,941 | | $ | 63,070 | | $ | 10,742 | | $ | 236,237 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Weighted average yield | | 1.51% | | 2.54% | | 3.83% | | 4.69% | | 2.91% |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock (“FHLB”)
As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, the Bank is required to hold a specified amount of FHLB capital stock based on the level of borrowings the Bank has obtained from the FHLB. As such, the amount of FHLB stock the Bank carries can vary from one period to another based on, among other things, the current liquidity needs of the Bank. At December 31, 2011, the Bank held $4.7 million in FHLB stock, a decline of $0.5 million from that reported at December 31, 2010, due to repurchases of the stock by FHLB.
53
Table of Contents
Deposits and Borrowed Funds
The following table sets forth information for the last three fiscal years regarding the composition of deposits at December 31, the average rates paid on each of these categories and the year over year variance from 2011 to 2010:
| | 2011 | | 2010 | | Variance | | 2009 | |
| | | | Average | | | | Average | | | | | | | | Average | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Balance | | Rate Paid | | Balance | | Rate Paid | | Dollar | | Percent | | Balance (1) | | Rate Paid | |
Non interest bearing demand | | $ | 217,245 | | 0.00 | % | $ | 182,658 | | 0.00 | % | $ | 34,587 | | 18.94 | % | $ | 174,635 | | 0.00 | % |
Interest bearing demand | | 64,298 | | 0.15 | % | 67,938 | | 0.50 | % | (3,640 | ) | -5.36 | % | 77,765 | | 0.82 | % |
Savings | | 33,740 | | 0.14 | % | 29,144 | | 0.26 | % | 4,596 | | 15.77 | % | 27,166 | | 0.24 | % |
Money market | | 278,214 | | 0.50 | % | 287,120 | | 1.00 | % | (8,906 | ) | -3.10 | % | 260,671 | | 1.44 | % |
Time deposits | | 192,711 | | 1.39 | % | 231,346 | | 1.81 | % | (38,635 | ) | -16.70 | % | 235,228 | | 2.30 | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total deposits | | $ | 786,208 | | 0.56 | % | $ | 798,206 | | 0.94 | % | $ | (11,998 | ) | -1.50 | % | $ | 775,465 | | 1.27 | % |
(1) Includes $10.2 million in brokered time deposits with an average rate of 1.52%, and $1.0 million in brokered money market balances with an average rate of 0.72%
The following table provides a maturity distribution of certificates of time deposits as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
| | Time Deposits under $100,000 | | Time Deposits of $100,000 or more | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | | | | 2011 | | 2010 | |
Less than 3 months | | $ | 25,793 | | $ | 26,384 | | | | $ | 22,028 | | $ | 20,887 | |
3 to 12 months | | 42,163 | | 53,357 | | | | 35,382 | | 51,738 | |
Over 1 year | | 34,672 | | 33,763 | | | | 32,673 | | 45,217 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | 102,628 | | $ | 113,504 | | | | $ | 90,083 | | $ | 117,842 | |
At December 31, 2011 the Bank had 31,933 deposit accounts consisting of non-interest bearing (“demand”), interest-bearing demand and money market accounts with balances totaling $559.8 million for an average balance per account of approximately $18 thousand; 7,090 savings accounts with balances totaling $33.7 million for an average balance per account of approximately $5 thousand; and 4,317 time certificate of deposit accounts, exclusive of brokered deposits, with balances totaling $192.7 million, for an average balance per account of approximately $45 thousand.
Total deposit balances were $786.2 million at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $12.0 million from that reported at December 31, 2010. Decreased deposit balances can be attributed to lower balances of interest bearing demand, money market, and time deposits. We believe that customer movement out of these interest bearing accounts is due to depositors moving their investments into higher risk/higher return investment vehicles outside of the traditional offerings provided by us, due to the continued depressed rates of return on traditional savings, money market and time deposit offerings. The declines in interest bearing deposits were largely offset by increases in non-interest bearing deposits and savings.
The Company continues its focus on gathering and retaining core relationships, which has helped to reduce the overall cost of funding for each of the last two years. As of December 31, 2011 the Bank had no brokered deposits. Core deposits (demand, savings, money market and time certificates less than $100,000) represented $696.1 million or 88.5% of total deposits at December 31, 2011 compared to $680.3 million or 85.2% of total deposits at December 31, 2010. Management’s continued focus on lower cost deposit gathering in 2011 helped to reduce overall cost of funds by 33 basis points, for the second year in a row, to 0.60% from 0.93% reported in 2010.
Borrowed Funds
The Bank has a variety of sources from which it may obtain secondary funding. These sources include, among others, the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) and credit lines established with correspondent banks. At December 31, 2011, FHLB borrowings were $51.5 million or $6.5 million higher than that reported at December 31, 2010. The year over year increase in FHLB borrowing can be attributed to short-term cash needs to fund reductions in deposit levels that occurred in the last few weeks of the year as several large commercial customers drew down the deposit levels to make year-end payments for taxes, distributions to their owners and purchases of investment properties.
54
Table of Contents
Additionally, in September 2004, the Bank issued a Letter of Credit in the amount of $11.7 million which has since been reduced to $11.4 million to a customer to guarantee their performance to other parties. The Letter of Credit was issued pursuant to a Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement between the Bank and the FHLB. It is collateralized by a blanket lien with the FHLB that includes all qualifying loans on the Bank’s balance sheet. The letter of credit was renewed in 2011 and will expire in September 2012. The letter of credit was undrawn as of December 31, 2011. For additional information related to the Bank’s borrowings with the FHLB, please see Note 9. Borrowings, of the consolidated financial statements filed in this Form 10-K.
Capital
At December 31, 2011, the balance of stockholders’ equity was $129.5 million or $8.3 million higher than that reported at December 31, 2010. The increase in stockholder’s equity was largely due to the Company’s return to profitability in 2011 and a $1.6 million improvement in the fair value of available for sale securities.
Dividends and Stock Repurchases
During 2011, the Company was required to defer dividend payments on its Series A Senior Preferred Stock to comply with the terms of the Written Agreement entered into between the Company and the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. See Note 21. Preferred Stock, of the consolidated financial statements filed in this Form 10-K for additional information about dividends on the Company’s Series A Senior Preferred Stock. For more information concerning the Written Agreement, please refer to Note 22. Regulatory Order and Written Agreement of the consolidated financial statements filed in this Form 10-K.
The Company paid no dividends on nor did it repurchase any of its common stock during 2011 or 2010.
Regulatory Capital
The Company and its Bank subsidiary seek to maintain strong levels of capital above the “well-capitalized” thresholds as determined by regulatory agencies by an amount commensurate with our risk profile. The Company’s potential sources of capital include retained earnings and the issuance of equity. Although the Company and Bank rely primarily on earnings from its operations to generate capital, the absence of earnings in 2009 and 2010 required the Company to obtain additional capital through the issuance of preferred and common equity in 2010.
As previously mentioned, the Company completed a private placement during 2010 leading to the issuance of 17,279,995 shares of its common stock and 1,189,538 shares of Series C Preferred Stock for total net proceeds of $56.0 million. Additionally, during 2009 the Company issued 21,000 shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury as part of its participation in the CPP for $21.0 million. The proceeds received from these issuances qualify as Tier I Capital. For additional information related to the Company’s March 2010 private placement, see Note 21. Preferred Stock, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K.
At December 31, 2011, the Company had $8.2 million in Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (the “debt securities”) issued and outstanding. These securities were issued to Heritage Oaks Capital Trust II. At December 31, 2011, the Company included $8.0 million of the net Junior Subordinated Debt in its Tier I Capital for regulatory reporting purposes. For a more detailed discussion regarding these debt securities, see Note 9. Borrowings, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K.
Summarized below are the Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios at December 31, 2011 and 2010:
| | Regulatory Standard | | December 31, 2011 | | December 31, 2010 | |
| | Adequately | | Well | | Heritage Oaks | | Heritage Oaks | |
Ratio | | Capitalized | | Capitalized (1) | | Bancorp | | Bank | | Bancorp | | Bank | |
Leverage ratio | | 4.00% | | 5.00% | | 12.06% | | 11.85% | | 10.83% | | 10.52% | |
Tier I capital to risk weighted assets | | 4.00% | | 6.00% | | 14.81% | | 14.51% | | 13.94% | | 13.47% | |
Total risk based capital to risk weighted assets | | 8.00% | | 10.00% | | 16.07% | | 15.77% | | 15.21% | | 14.75% | |
(1) While the Bank is subject to the Consent Order, it will be considered adequately capitalized as long as it maintains these minimum capital ratios.
55
Table of Contents
The Leverage Ratio calculation divides common stockholders’ equity (reduced by goodwill, intangible assets and a portion of net deferred tax assets) by the total assets. In the Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio, the numerator is the same as the leverage ratio, but the denominator is “risk-weighted assets”, which is determined by segregating all assets and off balance sheet exposures into different risk categories and weighting them by a percentage ranging from 0% (lowest risk) to 100% (highest risk). The Total Risk Based Capital Ratio, again, uses “risk-weighted assets” in the denominator, but expands the numerator to include other capital items besides equity such as a limited amount of the loan loss reserve, long-term capital debt, certain types of preferred equity and other instruments.
For a more detailed discussion of regulatory capital requirements please see Item 1. Business – Supervision and Regulation.
Liquidity
The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the continuous availability of funds to meet the demands of depositors, investors and borrowers. Asset liquidity is primarily derived from loan and securities payments and the maturity of earning assets. Liquidity from liabilities is obtained primarily from the receipt of new deposits. The Bank’s Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”) is responsible for managing the on and off-balance sheet commitments to meet the cash needs of customers while maintaining sufficient liquidity and diversity of funding sources to allow the Bank to meet expected and unexpected obligations in both stable and adverse conditions. ALCO meets regularly to assess projected funding requirements by reviewing historical funding patterns, current and forecasted economic conditions and individual customer funding needs. Deposits generated from the Bank’s customers serve as the primary source of liquidity. The Bank has credit arrangements with correspondent banks that serve as a secondary liquidity source. At December 31, 2011, these credit lines totaled $21.9 million. While one of these two lines in the amount of $15.0 million is an unsecured line of credit, the Bank must provide collateral in order to borrow against the other line. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had no borrowings against these lines. As previously mentioned, the Bank is a member of the FHLB and has collateralized borrowing capacities remaining of $146 million at December 31, 2011. Additionally, the Bank also has a borrowing facility with the Federal Reserve. The amount of available credit is determined by the collateral provided by the Bank. As of December 31, 2011 the borrowing availability related to this facility was $6.9 million.
The Bank also manages liquidity by maintaining an investment portfolio of readily marketable and liquid securities. These investments include mortgage backed securities, obligations of state and political subdivisions (municipal bonds) and corporate debt securities that provide a steady stream of cash flows. As of December 31, 2011, the Company believes investments in the portfolio can be liquidated at their current fair values in the event they are needed to provide liquidity. The ratio of liquid assets not pledged for collateral and other purposes to deposits and other liabilities improved to 35.1% at December 31, 2011 compared to 30.5% at December 31, 2010.
The ratio of gross loans to deposits (“LTD”), another key liquidity ratio, declined to 82.2% at December 31, 2011 compared to 84.9% at December 31, 2010.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Contractual Obligations and Contingent Liabilities
In the ordinary course of business, the Company may enter into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received.
The following table provides a summary for the Company’s long-term debt and other obligations, including the anticipated payments under salary continuation plans, assuming attainment of the designated retirement age, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
| | Less Than | | One To Three | | Three To Five | | More Than | | December 31, | | December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | One Year | | Years | | Years | | Five Years | | 2011 | | 2010 | |
FHLB advances and other borrowings | | $ | 29,500 | | $ | 12,000 | | $ | 10,000 | | $ | 8,248 | | $ | 59,748 | | $ | 53,248 | |
Operating lease obligations | | 1,966 | | 3,078 | | 2,282 | | 6,486 | | 13,812 | | 14,349 | |
Salary continuation payments | | 246 | | 441 | | 538 | | 9,476 | | 10,701 | | 9,459 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total long-term debt and other obligations | | $ | 31,712 | | $ | 15,519 | | $ | 12,820 | | $ | 24,210 | | $ | 84,261 | | $ | 77,056 | |
56
Table of Contents
As disclosed in Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, of the consolidated financial statements, filed in this Form 10-K, the Company is contingently liable for letters of credit made to its customers in the ordinary course of business totaling $14.9 million at December 31, 2011 compared to the $16.1 million reported at the end of 2010. Included in these letter of credit commitments is a single standby letter of credit, which was issued in September 2004, for $11.7 million to guarantee the payment of taxable variable rate demand bonds that has since been reduced to $11.4 million. The primary purpose of the bond issue was to refinance existing debt and provide funds for capital improvement and expansion of an assisted living facility. The project is 100% complete and near full occupancy. The letter of credit was renewed in September 2011 and will expire in September 2012. Additionally, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 the Company had un-disbursed loan commitments, made in the ordinary course of business, totaling $147.0 million and $141.3 million, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the balance of the Company’s allowance for losses on unfunded commitments was $0.3 million.
There are no Special Purpose Entity (“SPE”) trusts, corporations, or other legal entities established by the Company which reside off-balance sheet. There are no other off-balance sheet items other than the aforementioned items related to letter of credit accommodations and un-disbursed loan commitments.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
As a financial institution, the Company’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of interest income and interest expense recorded on a large portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities, and the market value of all interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, other than those which possess a short term to maturity. Virtually all of the Company’s interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities are located at the banking subsidiary level. Thus, virtually all of the Company’s interest rate risk exposure lies at the banking subsidiary level other than $8.2 million in subordinated debentures issued by the Company’s subsidiary grantor trust. As a result, all significant interest rate risk procedures are performed at the banking subsidiary level. The Bank’s real estate loan portfolio, concentrated primarily within Santa Barbara and San Luis Obispo Counties, California, are subject to risks associated with the local economy.
The fundamental objective of the Company’s management of its assets and liabilities is to maximize the Company’s economic value while maintaining adequate liquidity and an exposure to interest rate risk deemed by Management to be acceptable. Management believes an acceptable degree of exposure to interest rate risk results from the management of assets and liabilities through maturities, pricing and mix to attempt to neutralize the potential impact of changes in market interest rates. The Company’s profitability is dependent to a large extent upon its net interest income, which is the difference between its interest income on interest earning assets, such as loans and investments, and its interest expense on interest bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. The Company is subject to interest rate risk to the degree that its interest earning assets re-price differently than its interest bearing liabilities. The Company manages its mix of assets and liabilities with the goals of limiting its exposure to interest rate risk, ensuring adequate liquidity, and coordinating its sources and uses of funds.
The Company seeks to control interest rate risk exposure in a manner that will allow for adequate levels of earnings and capital over a range of possible interest rate environments. The Company has adopted formal policies and practices to monitor and manage interest rate risk exposure. Management believes historically it has effectively managed the effect of changes in interest rates on its operating results and believes that it can continue to manage the short-term effect of interest rate changes under various interest rate scenarios.
Management employs the use of an Asset and Liability Management software that is used to measure the Company’s exposure to future changes in interest rates. This model measures the expected cash flows and re-pricing of each financial asset/liability separately in measuring the Company’s interest rate sensitivity. Based on the results of this model, Management believes the Company’s balance sheet is slightly “liability sensitive.” This means that until such time as a substantial portion of the Company’s variable rate loan portfolio returns to rates above their floor levels, the Company would expect (all other things being equal) to experience a contraction in its net interest income if rates rise and conversely to experience expansion in net interest income, if rates fall. The level of potential or expected contraction indicated by the following tables is considered acceptable by Management and is compliant with the Company’s ALCO policies. Management will continue to perform this analysis each quarter to further validate the expected results against actual data.
The hypothetical impacts of sudden interest rate movements applied to the Company’s asset and liability balances are modeled quarterly. The results of these models indicate how much of the Company’s net interest income is “at risk” from various rate changes over a one year horizon. This exercise is valuable in identifying risk exposures. Management believes the results for the Company’s December 31, 2011 balances indicate that the net interest income at risk over a one year time horizon for a 1% and 2% rate increase and decrease is acceptable and within policy guidelines at this time.
57
Table of Contents
The results in the table below indicate the change in net interest income the Company would expect to see as of December, 2011, if interest rates were to change in the amounts set forth:
| | | Rate Shock Scenarios | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | | -200bp | | -100bp | | Base | | +100bp | | +200bp | |
Net interest income | | | $ | 43,266 | | $ | 44,961 | | $ | 44,516 | | $ | 43,196 | | $ | 42,297 | |
$ Change from base | | | $ | (1,250) | | $ | 445 | | $ | - | | $ | (1,320) | | $ | (2,219) | |
% Change from base | | | -2.81% | | 1.00% | | 0.00% | | -2.97% | | -4.98% | |
It is important to note that the above table is a summary of several forecasts and actual results may vary. The forecasts are based on estimates and assumptions of Management that may turn out to be different and may change over time. Factors affecting these estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to 1) competitor behavior, 2) economic conditions both locally and nationally, 3) actions taken by the Federal Reserve Board, 4) customer behavior and 5) Management’s responses. Changes that vary significantly from the assumptions and estimates may have significant effects on the Company’s net interest income; therefore, the results of this analysis should not be relied upon as indicative of actual future results.
The following table shows Management’s estimates of how the loan portfolio is segregated between variable lines and fixed rate loans and estimates of re-pricing opportunities for the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2011:
(dollars in thousands) | | | | | |
| | | | Percent of | |
Rate Type | | Balance | | Total | |
Variable - daily | | $ | 186,436 | | 28.8% | |
Variable other than daily | | 324,147 | | 50.2% | |
Fixed rate | | 135,703 | | 21.0% | |
| | | | | |
Total gross loans | | $ | 646,286 | | 100.0% | |
The table above identifies approximately 28.8% of the loan portfolio that will re-price immediately in a changing rate environment. At December 31, 2011, approximately $510.6 million or 79.0% of the Company’s loan portfolio is considered variable.
The following table shows the repricing categories of the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2011:
(dollars in thousands) | | | | | |
| | | | Percent of | |
Re-Pricing | | Balance | | Total | |
< 1 Year | | $ | 357,736 | | 55.4% | |
1-3 Years | | 179,161 | | 27.7% | |
3-5 Years | | 87,098 | | 13.5% | |
> 5 Years | | 22,291 | | 3.4% | |
| | | | | |
Total gross loans | | $ | 646,286 | | 100.0% | |
The following table provides a summary of the loans the Company can expect to see adjust above floor rates based on given movements in the prime rate as of December 31, 2011:
| | Move in Prime Rate (bps) | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | +200 | | +250 | | +300 | | +350 | |
Variable daily | | $ | 335 | | $ | 15,299 | | $ | 55,956 | | $ | 104,596 | |
Variable other than daily | | 2,140 | | 28,750 | | 100,686 | | 197,420 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Cumulative total variable at floor | | $ | 2,475 | | $ | 44,049 | | $ | 156,642 | | $ | 302,016 | |
58
Table of Contents
Given the significant decline in prime rate over the last two years, many loans in the portfolio possess floors significantly higher than the current prime rate. As indicated in the table above, the Company will need to see rates increase by 300 to 350 basis points before the majority of variable rate loans in the portfolio start to come off their floors thereby ending their fixed-rate interest rate risk profile and returning them to a fully variable interest rate risk profile. When such occurs, holding all other interest rate risk variables constant, the Company will become more net asset sensitive. During the last several years, the Company moved to protect net interest margin by implementing floors on new loan originations. Management believes this strategy proved successful in insulating net interest margin in the declining interest rate environment experienced over the last several years. However in a rising rate environment, Management believes that these loan floors will result in compression of net interest margin and potentially a decline in net interest income. As indicated in the table above, the majority of our variable rate loans will not rise above their floors until the prime rate increases 350 basis points. Until such time as rates increase above the floors, increases in interest rates may have a greater impact on our overall cost of funds, which could result in a reduction in net interest income and net interest margin, as previously reflected in the rate shock table in this Item 7A.
The Company also attempts to quantify the impact of interest rate changes on borrowers’ ability to pay on loans and the impact of similar rate changes on the value of collateral held against loans. To this end, the Company, from time to time, will sample loans and analyze them under a rate shock scenario to specifically assess the impact of the rate shock on financial ratios such as interest rate coverage and loan-to-value. The results of the analysis have generally revealed that in the case of such a rate shock, a high percentage of loans tested would continue to express ratios within current underwriting guidelines. The results of these analyses are considered acceptable by Management.
59
Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Heritage Oaks Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Heritage Oaks Bancorp and Subsidiaries |
60
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors
Heritage Oaks Bancorp
Paso Robles, California
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Heritage Oaks Bancorp and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and the related consolidated statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Heritage Oaks Bancorp and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011, and the results of their operations, and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/Crowe Horwath LLP
Sacramento, California
February 28, 2012
61
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors
Heritage Oaks Bancorp
Paso Robles, California
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Heritage Oaks Bancorp and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Heritage Oaks Bancorp and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010, and the results of its operations, changes in its stockholders’ equity, and its cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP
Rancho Cucamonga, California
March 10, 2011
62
Table of Contents
Heritage Oaks Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
| | December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | |
Assets | | | | | |
Cash and due from banks | | $ | 18,858 | | $ | 15,187 | |
Interest bearing due from banks | | 16,034 | | 4,264 | |
Federal funds sold | | - | | 3,500 | |
Total cash and cash equivalents | | 34,892 | | 22,951 | |
| | | | | |
Interest bearing deposits with other banks | | - | | 99 | |
Securities available for sale | | 236,982 | | 223,857 | |
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost | | 4,685 | | 5,180 | |
Loans held for sale | | 21,947 | | 11,008 | |
Gross loans | | 646,286 | | 677,303 | |
Net deferred loan fees | | (1,111 | ) | (1,613 | ) |
Allowance for loan losses | | (19,314 | ) | (24,940 | ) |
Net loans | | 625,861 | | 650,750 | |
Property, premises and equipment | | 5,528 | | 6,376 | |
Deferred tax assets, net | | 18,226 | | 21,163 | |
Bank owned life insurance | | 14,835 | | 13,843 | |
Goodwill | | 11,049 | | 11,049 | |
Core deposit intangible | | 1,682 | | 2,127 | |
Other real estate owned | | 917 | | 6,668 | |
Other assets | | 10,534 | | 7,541 | |
| | | | | |
Total assets | | $ | 987,138 | | $ | 982,612 | |
| | | | | |
Liabilities | | | | | |
Deposits | | | | | |
Demand, non-interest bearing | | $ | 217,245 | | $ | 182,658 | |
Savings, NOW and money market deposits | | 376,252 | | 384,202 | |
Time deposits under $100 | | 102,628 | | 113,504 | |
Time deposits of $100 or more | | 90,083 | | 117,842 | |
Total deposits | | 786,208 | | 798,206 | |
Short term FHLB borrowing | | 29,500 | | 38,500 | |
Long term FHLB borrowing | | 22,000 | | 6,500 | |
Junior subordinated debentures | | 8,248 | | 8,248 | |
Other liabilities | | 11,628 | | 9,902 | |
| | | | | |
Total liabilities | | 857,584 | | 861,356 | |
| | | | | |
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11) | | - | | - | |
| | | | | |
Stockholders’ Equity | | | | | |
Preferred stock, 5,000,000 shares authorized: | | | | | |
Series A senior preferred stock; $1,000 per share stated value issued and outstanding: 21,000 shares as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 | | 20,160 | | 19,792 | |
Series C preferred stock, $3.25 per share stated value; issued and outstanding: 1,189,538 shares as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively | | 3,604 | | 3,604 | |
Common stock, no par value; authorized: 100,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding: 25,145,717 shares and 25,082,344 shares as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 respectively | | 101,140 | | 101,140 | |
Additional paid in capital | | 7,006 | | 7,002 | |
Accumulated deficit | | (2,794 | ) | (9,161 | ) |
Accumulated other comprehensive income / (loss), net of tax expense / (benefit) of $307 and ($783) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively | | 438 | | (1,121 | ) |
| | | | | |
Total stockholders’ equity | | 129,554 | | 121,256 | |
| | | | | |
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | | $ | 987,138 | | $ | 982,612 | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
63
Table of Contents
Heritage Oaks Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
| | For The Years Ended December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands except per share data) | | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | |
Interest Income | | | | | | | |
Interest and fees on loans | | $ | 41,345 | | $ | 44,129 | | $ | 45,530 | |
Interest on investment securities | | 6,794 | | 6,568 | | 3,956 | |
Other interest income | | 88 | | 97 | | 73 | |
Total interest income | | 48,227 | | 50,794 | | 49,559 | |
Interest Expense | | | | | | | |
Interest on savings, NOW and money market deposits | | 1,508 | | 3,238 | | 3,815 | |
Interest on time deposits under $100 | | 1,448 | | 2,133 | | 2,564 | |
Interest on time deposits in denominations of $100 or more | | 1,526 | | 2,077 | | 2,505 | |
Other borrowings | | 541 | | 599 | | 1,165 | |
Total interest expense | | 5,023 | | 8,047 | | 10,049 | |
Net interest income before provision for loan losses | | 43,204 | | 42,747 | | 39,510 | |
Provision for loan losses | | 6,063 | | 31,531 | | 24,066 | |
Net interest income after provision for loan losses | | 37,141 | | 11,216 | | 15,444 | |
Non Interest Income | | | | | | | |
Fees and service charges | | 2,453 | | 2,428 | | 2,965 | |
Mortgage gain on sale and origination fees | | 2,645 | | 3,271 | | 2,470 | |
Debit/credit card fee income | | 1,632 | | 1,447 | | 1,156 | |
Earnings on bank owned life insurance | | 596 | | 585 | | 504 | |
Other than temporary impairment (OTTI) losses on investment securities: | | | | | | | |
Total impairment loss on investment securities | | - | | (1,214 | ) | (1,956 | ) |
Non credit related losses recognized in other comprehensive income | | - | | 1,007 | | 1,584 | |
Net impairment losses on investment securities | | - | | (207 | ) | (372 | ) |
Gain on sale of investment securities | | 1,983 | | 783 | | 333 | |
(Loss) / gain on sale of other real estate owned | | (543 | ) | 24 | | (280 | ) |
Gain on extinguishment of debt | | - | | 1,700 | | - | |
Other income | | 964 | | 716 | | 639 | |
Total non interest income | | 9,730 | | 10,747 | | 7,415 | |
Non Interest Expense | | | | | | | |
Salaries and employee benefits | | 17,630 | | 19,293 | | 16,719 | |
Equipment | | 1,739 | | 1,653 | | 1,445 | |
Occupancy | | 3,771 | | 3,805 | | 3,472 | |
Promotional | | 668 | | 690 | | 644 | |
Data processing | | 2,975 | | 2,676 | | 2,743 | |
OREO related costs | | 670 | | 689 | | 427 | |
Write-downs of foreclosed assets | | 1,198 | | 3,686 | | 1,514 | |
Regulatory assessment costs | | 2,360 | | 2,657 | | 1,984 | |
Audit and tax advisory costs | | 779 | | 571 | | 625 | |
Directors fees | | 483 | | 551 | | 355 | |
Outside services | | 1,524 | | 1,712 | | 1,801 | |
Telephone / communications costs | | 358 | | 369 | | 275 | |
Amortization of intangible assets | | 445 | | 514 | | 1,049 | |
Stationery and supplies | | 368 | | 460 | | 431 | |
Other general operating costs | | 2,350 | | 1,957 | | 2,249 | |
Total non interest expense | | 37,318 | | 41,283 | | 35,733 | |
Income / (loss) before provision for income taxes | | 9,553 | | (19,320 | ) | (12,874 | ) |
Provision / (benefit) for income taxes | | 1,828 | | (1,760 | ) | (5,825 | ) |
Net income / (loss) | | 7,725 | | (17,560 | ) | (7,049 | ) |
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock | | 1,358 | | 5,008 | | 964 | |
Net income / (loss) available to common shareholders | | $ | 6,367 | | $ | (22,568 | ) | $ | (8,013 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Earnings / (Loss) Per Common Share | | | | | | | |
Basic | | $ | 0.25 | | $ | (1.30 | ) | $ | (1.04 | ) |
Diluted | | $ | 0.24 | | $ | (1.30 | ) | $ | (1.04 | ) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
64
Table of Contents
Heritage Oaks Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
| | | | | | | | | | Retained | | Accumulated | | | |
| | | | Common Stock | | Additional | | Earnings/ | | Other | | Total | |
| | Preferred | | Number of | | | | Paid-In | | (Accumulated | | Comprehensive | | Stockholders’ | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Stock | | Shares | | Amount | | Capital | | Deficit) | | Income/(loss) | | Equity | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, January 1, 2009 | | $ | - | | 7,753,078 | | $ | 48,649 | | $ | 1,055 | | $ | 21,420 | | $ | (1,092 | ) | $ | 70,032 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Issuance of 21,000 shares of Series A Senior preferred | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
stock and common stock warrant | | 19,152 | | | | | | 1,848 | | | | | | 21,000 | |
Accretion on Series A preferred | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
stock discount | | 279 | | | | | | | | (279 | ) | | | | |
Dividends paid on preferred stock | | | | | | | | | | (685 | ) | | | (685 | ) |
Exercise of stock options | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(including $9 excess tax benefit | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
from exercise of stock options) | | | | 24,121 | | 98 | | | | | | | | 98 | |
Share-based compensation expense | | | | | | | | 339 | | | | | | 339 | |
Retirement of restricted share awards | | | | (5,247 | ) | | | | | | | | | | |
Comprehensive loss: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net loss | | | | | | | | | | (7,049 | ) | | | (7,049 | ) |
Unrealized security holding (losses) on | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
securities (net of $5 tax benefit) | | | | | | | | | | | | (7 | ) | (7 | ) |
Reclassification (gains) on sale of | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
securities (net of $137 tax) | | | | | | | | | | | | (196 | ) | (196 | ) |
Reclassification OTTI recognized | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
in income (net of $153 tax benefit) | | | | | | | | | | | | 219 | | 219 | |
Total comprehensive loss | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (7,033 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2009 | | $ | 19,431 | | 7,771,952 | | $ | 48,747 | | $ | 3,242 | | $ | 13,407 | | $ | (1,076 | ) | $ | 83,751 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Issuance of 56,160 shares of Series B preferred stock | | 52,351 | | | | | | | | | | | | 52,351 | |
Discount on Series B preferred stock | | (3,456 | ) | | | | | 3,456 | | | | | | - | |
Conversion of Series B preferred stock to common stock | | (52,351 | ) | 17,279,995 | | 52,351 | | | | | | | | - | |
Issuance of 1,189,538 shares of Series C preferred stock | | 3,604 | | | | | | | | | | | | 3,604 | |
Accretion on Series A preferred stock discount | | 361 | | | | | | | | (361 | ) | | | - | |
Accretion on Series B preferred stock discount | | 3,456 | | | | | | | | (3,456 | ) | | | - | |
Dividends paid on preferred stock | | | | | | | | | | (262 | ) | | | (262 | ) |
Declared dividends on preferred stock | | | | | | | | | | (929 | ) | | | (929 | ) |
Exercise of stock options | | | | 11,260 | | 42 | | | | | | | | 42 | |
Share-based compensation expense | | | | | | | | 304 | | | | | | 304 | |
Issuance of restricted share awards | | | | 26,565 | | | | | | | | | | | |
Retirement of restricted share awards | | | | (7,428 | ) | | | | | | | | | | |
Comprehensive loss: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net loss | | | | | | | | | | (17,560 | ) | | | (17,560 | ) |
Unrealized security holding gain (net of $206 tax) | | | | | | | | | | | | 294 | | 294 | |
Reclassification for net gains on investments included in | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
earnings (net of $322 tax) | | | | | | | | | | | | (461 | ) | (461 | ) |
Reclassification of OTTI recognized in income | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(net of $85 tax benefit) | | | | | | | | | | | | 122 | | 122 | |
Total comprehensive loss | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (17,605 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2010 | | $ | 23,396 | | 25,082,344 | | $ | 101,140 | | $ | 7,002 | | $ | (9,161 | ) | $ | (1,121 | ) | $ | 121,256 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Accretion on Series A preferred stock discount | | 368 | | | | | | | | (368 | ) | | | - | |
Declared dividends on preferred stock | | | | | | | | | | (990 | ) | | | (990 | ) |
Share-based compensation expense | | | | | | | | 299 | | | | | | 299 | |
Tax impact of share-based compensation expense | | | | | | | | (276 | ) | | | | | (276 | ) |
Issuance of restricted share awards | | | | 63,898 | | | | | | | | | | - | |
Retirement of restricted share awards | | | | (525 | ) | | | (19 | ) | | | | | (19 | ) |
Comprehensive Income: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net income | | | | | | | | | | 7,725 | | | | 7,725 | |
Unrealized security holding gain (net of $1,908 tax) | | | | | | | | | | | | 2,726 | | 2,726 | |
Reclassification for net gains on investments included in | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
earnings (net of $816 tax) | | | | | | | | | | | | (1,167 | ) | (1,167 | ) |
Total comprehensive income | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 9,284 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2011 | | $ | 23,764 | | 25,145,717 | | $ | 101,140 | | $ | 7,006 | | $ | (2,794 | ) | $ | 438 | | $ | 129,554 | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
65
Table of Contents
Heritage Oaks Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
| | For The Years Ended December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | |
Cash flows from operating activities: | | | | | | | |
Net (loss) / income | | $ | 7,725 | | $ | (17,560 | ) | $ | (7,049 | ) |
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities: | | | | | | | |
Depreciation and amortization | | 1,256 | | 1,288 | | 1,165 | |
Provision for loan losses | | 6,063 | | 31,531 | | 24,066 | |
Amortization of premiums / discounts on investment securities, net | | 3,158 | | 1,924 | | 131 | |
Amortization of intangible assets | | 445 | | 515 | | 1,049 | |
Share-based compensation expense | | 299 | | 304 | | 339 | |
Gain on sale of available for sale securities | | (1,983 | ) | (783 | ) | (333 | ) |
Other than temporary impairment | | - | | 207 | | 372 | |
Gain on extinguishment of debt | | - | | (1,700 | ) | - | |
Originations of loans held for sale | | (145,031 | ) | (165,692 | ) | (158,540 | ) |
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale | | 153,898 | | 164,171 | | 156,992 | |
Net increase in bank owned life insurance | | (521 | ) | (519 | ) | (435 | ) |
Decrease / (increase) in deferred tax asset | | 3,348 | | (17,684 | ) | (2,856 | ) |
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance adjustment | | (1,500 | ) | 7,105 | | - | |
Loss / (gain) on sale of foreclosed collateral | | 543 | | (24 | ) | 1,794 | |
Write-downs on other real estate owned | | 1,198 | | 3,674 | | - | |
Decrease in other assets | | (3,007 | ) | (9,301 | ) | (12,331 | ) |
Decrease in other liabilities | | 1,026 | | 1,415 | | 731 | |
Excess tax benefit related to share-based compensation expense | | - | | - | | (9 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Net Cash Provided By / (Used In) Operating Activities | | 26,917 | | (1,129 | ) | 5,086 | |
| | | | | | | |
Cash flows from investing activities: | | | | | | | |
Purchase of securities, available for sale | | (201,392 | ) | (164,923 | ) | (99,400 | ) |
Sale of available for sale securities | | 147,194 | | 33,389 | | 16,040 | |
Maturities and calls of available for sale securities | | 452 | | 674 | | 1,439 | |
Proceeds from principal paydowns | | | | | | | |
of available for sale securities | | 42,094 | | 26,650 | | 11,360 | |
Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock | | - | | - | | (705 | ) |
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock | | 495 | | 648 | | - | |
Purchase of equity investments | | - | | (1,000 | ) | - | |
Sale of equity investments | | - | | 155 | | - | |
(Increase) / decrease in loans, net | | (6,861 | ) | 27,311 | | (68,612 | ) |
Allowance for loan and lease loss recoveries | | 2,397 | | 2,890 | | 98 | |
Purchase of property, premises and equipment, net | | (408 | ) | (944 | ) | (1,129 | ) |
Proceeds from sale of property, premises and equipment | | - | | 59 | | - | |
Purchase of bank owned life insurance | | (1,268 | ) | (775 | ) | (1,377 | ) |
Surrender of bank owned life insurance | | 797 | | - | | - | |
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed collateral | | 7,218 | | 4,187 | | 7,806 | |
Maturity of interest bearing deposits | | 99 | | - | | - | |
| | | | | | | |
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities | | (9,183 | ) | (71,679 | ) | (134,480 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Cash flows from financing activities: | | | | | | | |
(Decrease) / increase in deposits, net | | (11,998 | ) | 22,741 | | 171,944 | |
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank borrowing | | 245,000 | | 45,000 | | 75,000 | |
Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowing | | (238,500 | ) | (65,000 | ) | (119,000 | ) |
Decrease in repurchase agreements | | - | | - | | (2,796 | ) |
Decrease in junior subordinated debentures | | - | | (3,455 | ) | - | |
Tax impact of share based compensation expense | | (295 | ) | - | | 9 | |
Proceeds from exercise of stock options | | - | | 42 | | 89 | |
Preferred stock dividends paid | | - | | (262 | ) | (685 | ) |
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrants, net | | - | | 55,955 | | 21,000 | |
| | | | | | | |
Net Cash (Used In) / Provided By Financing Activities | | (5,793 | ) | 55,021 | | 145,561 | |
| | | | | | | |
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | | 11,941 | | (17,787 | ) | 16,167 | |
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year | | 22,951 | | 40,738 | | 24,571 | |
| | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year | | $ | 34,892 | | $ | 22,951 | | $ | 40,738 | |
(continued)
66
Table of Contents
Heritage Oaks Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(continued)
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
| | For The Years Ended December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | |
Cash Flow Information | | | | | | | |
Interest paid | | $ | 4,991 | | $ | 8,214 | | $ | 10,147 | |
Income taxes paid | | $ | 2,645 | | $ | 7,825 | | $ | 460 | |
| | | | | | | |
Non-Cash Flow Information | | | | | | | |
Change in unrealized gain on avalable for sale securities | | $ | 2,649 | | $ | (76 | ) | $ | 27 | |
Loans transferred to foreclosed collateral | | $ | 3,484 | | $ | 13,342 | | $ | 9,678 | |
Loans transferred to held for sale | | $ | 19,806 | | $ | - | | $ | - | |
Preferred stock dividends accrued not paid | | $ | 990 | | $ | 929 | | $ | - | |
Accretion of preferred stock discount | | $ | 368 | | $ | 3,817 | | $ | 279 | |
Conversion of preferred stock | | $ | - | | $ | 52,351 | | $ | - | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
67
Table of Contents
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The accounting and reporting policies of Heritage Oaks Bancorp (the “Company”) and subsidiaries conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to general practices within the banking industry. A summary of the Company’s significant accounting and reporting policies consistently applied in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows:
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Heritage Oaks Bank, (the “Bank”) and CCMS Systems, Inc. (an inactive entity). Inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Nature of Operations
The Company’s sole operating subsidiary, Heritage Oaks Bank (“the Bank”), operates branches within San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara counties. The Bank offers traditional banking products such as checking, savings, money market account and certificates of deposit, as well as mortgage loans and commercial and consumer loans to customers who are predominately small to medium-sized businesses and individuals. As such, the Company is subject to a concentration risk associated with its banking operations in San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara Counties. No one customer accounts for more than 10% of revenue or assets in any period presented and the Company has no assets nor does it generate any revenue from outside of the United States. While the chief decision-makers of the Company monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Operating segments are aggregated into one as operating results for all segments are similar. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.
Investment in Non-Consolidated Subsidiary
The Company accounts for its investment in Heritage Oaks Capital Trust II, which was formed solely for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities, as an unconsolidated subsidiary using the equity method of accounting, as the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the trust.
Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, the carrying value of the Company’s deferred tax assets and estimates used in the determination of the fair value of certain financial instruments.
In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the value of foreclosed real estate, Management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties. While Management uses available information to recognize losses on loans and foreclosed real estate and collateral, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in local economic conditions. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and foreclosed real estate. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Because of these factors, it is reasonably possible that the allowance for loan losses and foreclosed real estate may change in future periods. See also Note 4. Allowance for Loan Losses, of these consolidated financial statements.
68
Table of Contents
The Company uses an estimate of its future earnings in determining if it is more likely than not that the carrying value of its deferred tax assets will be realized over the period they are expected to reverse. If based on all available evidence, the Company believes that a portion or all of its deferred tax assets will not be realized; a valuation allowance may be established. During 2010, the Company established a valuation allowance against a portion of its deferred tax assets. Based on the Company’s ongoing assessment of the realizability of its deferred tax assets, it reduced the level of valuation allowance in 2011. See also Note 10. Income Taxes, of these consolidated financial statements.
The degree of judgment utilized in measuring the fair value of financial instruments generally correlates to the level of pricing observability. Financial instruments with readily available active quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices generally will have a higher degree of observable pricing and a lesser degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value. Conversely, financial instruments rarely traded or not quoted will generally have little or no observable pricing and a higher degree of judgment is utilized in measuring the fair value of such instruments. Observable pricing is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument, whether the financial instrument is new to the market and not yet established and the characteristics specific to the transaction. See also Note 18. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities, of these consolidated financial statements.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Banking regulations require that all banks maintain a percentage of their deposits as reserves in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. In Management’s opinion, the Bank is in compliance with the reserve requirements as of December 31, 2011. The Company maintains amounts due from banks that exceed federally insured limits. Historically the Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash, due from banks, Federal Funds sold, and interest bearing due from the Federal Reserve. Generally, Federal Funds sold and interest bearing due from Federal Reserve balances represent excess liquidity that the Company and/or Bank sells to other institutions overnight.
Investment Securities
Substantially all of the Company’s investment securities are classified as available for sale and are measured at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable taxes, reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. The fair values of most securities that are designated available for sale are based on quoted market prices. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are extrapolated from the quoted prices of similar instruments or through the use of other observable data supporting a valuation model. Gains or losses on sales of investment securities are determined on the specific identification method and recorded as a component of non-interest income. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted using the interest method over the expected lives of the related securities and recognized in interest income.
Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. For securities in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. For equity securities, the entire amount of impairment is recognized through earnings.
In order to determine OTTI for purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were not highly rated, the Company compares the present value of the remaining cash flows as estimated at the preceding evaluation date to the current expected remaining cash flows. OTTI is deemed to have occurred if there has been an adverse change in the remaining expected future cash flows.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and as a condition of membership; the Bank is required to purchase stock in the FHLB. The required ownership of FHLB stock is based on the level of borrowing the Bank has obtained from the FHLB. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. There have been no events that would suggest that an impairment in the carrying value of the stock has occurred as of December 31, 2011. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as a component of interest income.
69
Table of Contents
Loans and Interest on Loans
Loans receivable that Management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances reduced by any charge-offs of specific valuation allowances and net of any deferred fees or costs on originated loans, or unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Nonrefundable fees and certain costs associated with originating or acquiring loans are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to interest income over the contractual lives of the loan. Upon prepayment, unamortized loan fees, net of costs, are immediately recognized in interest income. Other fees, including those collected upon principal prepayments, are included in interest income when received.
Loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs are capitalized and recognized as an adjustment in yield over the life of the related loan.
Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as non-accruing loans. The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when principal and/or interest is past due 90 days based on contractual terms of the loan and/or when, in the opinion of Management, there is reasonable doubt as to collectability unless such loans are well collateralized and in the process of collection. This policy is consistently applied to all portfolio segments. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. Interest income generally is not recognized on specific non-accruing loans unless the likelihood of further loss is remote. Interest payments received on such loans are generally applied as a reduction to the loan principal balance, unless the likelihood of further loss is remote whereby cash interest payments may be recorded during the time the loan is on non-accrual status. Interest accruals are resumed on such loans only when they are brought current with respect to interest and principal and when, in the judgment of Management, all remaining principal and interest is estimated to be fully collectible, there has been at least six months of sustained repayment performance since the loan was placed on non-accrual and/or Management believes, based on current information, that such loan is no longer impaired. When a loan is returned to accrual status from non-accrual status, the interest that had been accumulated while on non-accrual is not recognized until such time as the loan is repaid in full.
The Company considers a loan to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Measurement of impairment is based on the expected future cash flows of an impaired loan which are discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, or measured by reference to an observable market value, if one exists, or the fair value of the collateral for a collateral-dependent loan. The Company selects the measurement method on a loan-by-loan basis except that collateral-dependent loans for which foreclosure is probable are measured at the fair value of the collateral. The Company recognizes interest income on impaired loans based on its existing methods of recognizing interest income on non-accrual loans. All loans are generally charged-off, either partially or fully, at such time that it is highly certain a loss has been realized.
Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, which is determined by the specified value in the sales contract with the third party buyer. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to expense.
Other Real Estate Owned
Real estate and other property acquired in full or partial settlement of loan obligations is referred to as other real estate owned (“OREO”). OREO is originally recorded in the Company’s financial statements at fair value less any estimated costs to sell. When property is acquired through foreclosure or surrendered in lieu of foreclosure, the Company measures the fair value of the property acquired against its recorded investment in the loan. If the fair value of the property at the time of acquisition is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the difference is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Any subsequent declines in the fair value of OREO are recorded against a valuation allowance for foreclosed assets, established through a charge to non-interest expense. All related operating or maintenance costs are charged to non-interest expense as incurred. Any subsequent gains or losses on the sale of OREO are recorded in other income.
70
Table of Contents
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level which, in Management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The amount of the allowance is based on Management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the nature and volume of the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience, the level of certain classified balances and specific impaired loans, and economic conditions and the related impact on specific borrowers and industry groups. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses, which are charged to earnings and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Changes in the allowance relating to impaired loans, including troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”), are charged or credited to the provision for loan losses. Because of uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, Management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and the related allowance may change.
As mentioned, loans are considered impaired if, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. In certain instances the Company may work with the borrower to modify the terms of the loan agreement or otherwise restructure the loan in a way that would allow the borrower to continue to perform under the modified terms of the loan agreement. In those instances where modifications are made to loans, for which the borrower is considered troubled, the modifications constitute a TDR. The Company’s policy for monitoring loan modifications for potential TDRs is focused on loans risk graded as special mention, substandard or doubtful. Loans such as these are considered impaired and require the Company to measure the amount of impairment, if any, at the time the loan is restructured. The measurement of impaired loans is generally based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the historical effective interest rate stipulated in the loan agreement, except that all collateral-dependent loans are measured for impairment based on the fair value of the collateral less the cost to sell such collateral. In measuring the fair value of the collateral, Management uses assumptions and methodologies consistent with those that would be utilized by third party valuation experts. Allowances for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values or the present value of estimated cash flows.
As mentioned, changes in the financial condition of individual borrowers, economic conditions, historical loss experience and the condition of the various markets in which collateral may be sold may all affect the required level of the allowance for loan losses and the associated provision for loan losses. See also Note 3. Loans and Note 4. Allowance for Loan Losses, of these consolidated financial statements, for additional discussion concerning credit quality and the allowance for loan losses.
Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments
Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded. Management estimates the loss exposure for unfunded loan commitments and establishes an estimated loss accrual, which is included in other liabilities.
Loan Charge-offs
Loan balances are charged-off when the loan becomes 120 days past due, unless it is well secured and/or in the process of collection. This charge-off policy is consistently applied to all portfolio segments. The Company may defer charge-off on a loan, due to certain factors the Company has identified that may work to its benefit in minimizing potential losses. Those factors may include: working with the borrower to restructure their obligation to the Company in an effort to bring about a more favorable outcome, the identification of an additional source of repayment, sufficient collateral to cover the Company’s recorded investment in the loan, or any other identified factor that may work to strengthen the credit and reduce the potential for loss.
For most real estate and commercial loans, the Company generally recognizes a charge-off to bring the carrying balance of the loan down to the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral or some other determination of fair value when: (i) Management determines that the asset is no longer collectible, (ii) repayment prospects for the credit have become unclear and/or are likely to occur over a time-frame the Company deems to be no longer reasonable, (iii) the loan or portion of the loan has been deemed a loss by the Company’s internal review and/or independent review functions, or has been deemed a loss by regulatory examiners, (iv) the borrower has or is in the process of filing for bankruptcy.
71
Table of Contents
Appraisals for Loans Secured by Collateral
For loan fundings greater than $0.5 million the Bank has a policy to perform an annual review of the borrower’s financial condition and of any real estate securing the loan. This review includes, among other things, a physical inspection of the real estate securing the loan, an analysis of any related rent rolls, an analysis of all borrower and guarantor tax returns and financial statements. This information is used internally by the Bank to validate all covenants and the risk grade assigned to the loan. If during the review process the Bank learns of additional information that would suggest that the borrower’s ability to repay has deteriorated since the original underwriting of the loan, and repayment may now be dependent on liquidation of the collateral, an additional independent appraisal of the collateral is requested. If based on the updated appraisal information it is determined the value of the collateral is impaired and the Bank no longer expects to collect all previously determined amounts related to the loan as stipulated in the loan’s original agreement, the Bank typically moves to establish a valuation allowance for such loans or charge-off such differences.
Once a loan is deemed to be impaired and/or the loan was downgraded to substandard status, the loan becomes the responsibility of the Bank’s Special Assets department, which provides more diligent oversight of problem credits. This oversight includes, among other things, a review of all previous appraisals of collateral securing such loans and determining in the Bank’s best judgment if those appraisals still represent the current fair value of the loan. Additional appraisals may be ordered at this time if deemed necessary.
Property, Premises and Equipment
Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives, which ranges from three to ten years for furniture and fixtures and forty years for buildings. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the remaining lease term, whichever is shorter. Expenditures for improvements or major repairs are capitalized and those for ordinary repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are comprised of goodwill, core deposit intangibles and other identifiable intangibles acquired in business combinations. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. If an event occurs that indicates the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable, Management reviews the asset for impairment. Any goodwill and any intangible asset acquired in a purchase business combination determined to have an indefinite useful life is not amortized, but is at least annually evaluated for impairment.
The Company applies a qualitative analysis of conditions that might indicate that impairment of goodwill is more likely than not of having occurred. In the event that the qualitative analysis suggests that an impairment may have occurred, the Company, with the assistance of an independent third party valuation firm, uses several quantitative valuation methodologies in evaluating goodwill for impairment including a discounted cash flow approach that includes assumptions made concerning the future earnings potential of the organization, and a market-based approach that looks at values for organizations of comparable size, structure and business model. The current year’s review of qualitative factors did not indicate that an impairment might have occurred, as such no quantitative analysis was performed at December 31, 2011. The most recent such quantitative valuation was completed as of December 31, 2010 and no impairment was noted as a result of the exercise.
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes is comprised of the Company’s current tax liability, the change in its deferred tax assets and liabilities and changes in the level of valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. Current income tax approximates taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. Interest expense and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits, if any, are classified as income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
72
Table of Contents
Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax reporting purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognized subject to Management’s judgment that realization is more likely than not. In making the determination whether a deferred tax asset is more likely than not to be realized, management performs a quarterly evaluation of all available positive and negative evidence including the possibility of future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial results. A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is established to reduce the net carrying amount of deferred tax assets if it is determined to be more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. See also Note 10. Income Taxes, of these consolidated financial statements for additional information related to deferred income taxes.
Bank Owned Life Insurance
The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain employees. These Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) policies are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets at their cash surrender value. Income and expense from these policies and changes in the cash surrender value are recorded in non-interest income and non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
Supplemental Employee Compensation Benefits Agreements
The Company has entered into supplemental employee compensation benefit agreements with certain executive and senior officers. The measurement of the liability under these agreements is estimated using a discounted cash flow model, which includes estimates involving life expectancy, length of time before retirement, estimated long-term discount rates based on the Bank’s long-term borrowing rates at the time the agreement is executed and expected benefit levels. Should these estimates vary substantially from actual events, we could incur additional or reduced expense to provide these benefits.
Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company’s estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
Although Management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since the balance sheet date and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented in the accompanying notes.
Financial Instruments
In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit as more fully described in Note 11. Commitments and Contingencies, of these consolidated financial statements. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received.
Comprehensive Income
Changes in the unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities net of income taxes was the only component of accumulated other comprehensive income for the Company for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.
Earnings / (Loss) Per Share
Basic earnings/(loss) per share (“EPS”) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS includes the effect of dilutive common stock equivalent that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, when the Company’s net income available to common stockholders is in a loss position, the diluted earnings per share calculation excludes common stock equivalents, as their effect would be anti-dilutive.
73
Table of Contents
Share-Based Compensation
U.S. GAAP requires companies to recognize in the income statement the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based forms of compensation issued to employees over the employees’ requisite service period (generally the vesting period). The Company uses a straight-line method for the recognition of all share-based compensation expense. All share-based compensation awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant as required by the Company’s Equity Based Compensation Plan. See also Note 15. Share-Based Compensation Plans, of these consolidated financial statements for additional information related to share-based compensation.
Loss Contingencies
Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred to defend such matters are expensed as incurred. Management does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.
Reclassifications
Certain amounts in the 2009 and 2010 financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation. These reclassifications did not have any effect on the prior years’ reported net loss or stockholders’ equity.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recent Accounting Guidance Adopted
In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-02, Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring (“ASU No. 2011-02”). The new standard provides clarification on what types of loan modifications constitute a troubled debt restructuring. The new standard provides that in evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, a creditor must separately conclude that both of the following exist: (a) the restructuring constitutes a concession; and (b) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The new standard also enacts the additional troubled debt restructuring disclosure requirements of ASU No. 2010-20. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2011-02 for the quarter ending September 30, 2011, and applied its provisions retrospectively to any restructurings that occurred since the beginning of 2011. Adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other — Testing Goodwill for Impairment. ASU 2011-08 provides guidance on the application of a qualitative assessment of impairment indicators in the review of goodwill impairment. The ASU provides that in the event that the qualitative review indicates that it is more likely than not that no impairment has occurred, the Company would not be required to perform a quantitative review. The provisions of ASU 2011-08 will be effective for years beginning after December 15, 2011 for both public and nonpublic entities, although earlier adoption is allowed. The Company elected to adopt the provisions of this ASU in the fourth quarter of 2011, as part of its normal review cycle for the impairment of goodwill. The adoption of the ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Effective
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income. The new standard requires the disclosure of comprehensive income on the face of the income statement or in a stand-alone statement of comprehensive income, as opposed to the more common historical practice of disclosure as a component of the statement of stockholders’ equity. The new presentation is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The Company does not expect that adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
On May 12, 2011, the FASB, together with the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), jointly issued ASU 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS. ASU 2011-04 is intended to converge the definition of fair value between U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and improves consistency of disclosures relating to fair value. The provisions of ASU 2011-04 will be effective for years beginning after December 15, 2011 for both public and nonpublic entities. The Company is still evaluating the impacts that adoption of this standard in the first quarter of 2012 will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
74
Table of Contents
Note 2. Investment Securities
The investment securities portfolio was comprised solely of securities classified as available for sale. The tables below set forth the fair values of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010:
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | | | Gross | | Gross | | | |
| | Amortized | | Unrealized | | Unrealized | | | |
As of December 31, 2011 | | Cost | | Gains | | Losses | | Fair Value | |
Obligations of U.S. government agencies | | $ | 4,209 | | $ | 118 | | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 4,326 | |
Mortgage backed securities | | | | | | | | | |
U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies | | 116,732 | | 890 | | (297 | ) | 117,325 | |
Non-agency | | 34,667 | | 465 | | (600 | ) | 34,532 | |
State and municipal securities | | 49,661 | | 2,262 | | - | | 51,923 | |
Corporate debt securities | | 28,909 | | - | | (2,053 | ) | 26,856 | |
Other | | 2,059 | | - | | (39 | ) | 2,020 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | 236,237 | | $ | 3,735 | | $ | (2,990 | ) | $ | 236,982 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
As of December 31, 2010 | | | | | | | | | |
Obligations of U.S. government agencies | | $ | 6,684 | | $ | - | | $ | (248 | ) | $ | 6,436 | |
Mortgage backed securities | | | | | | | | | |
U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies | | 159,448 | | 1,653 | | (484 | ) | 160,617 | |
Non-agency | | 10,170 | | 233 | | (1,344 | ) | 9,059 | |
State and municipal securities | | 49,459 | | 242 | | (1,956 | ) | 47,745 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | 225,761 | | $ | 2,128 | | $ | (4,032 | ) | $ | 223,857 | |
During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company sold $147.2 million in available for sale investments and recognized aggregate net gains of $2.0 million. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized aggregate net gains in the amounts of $0.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
At December 31, 2011, the Company owned five Whole Loan Private Label Single Family Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (“PMBS”) with a remaining principal balance of approximately $4.2 million, which are included in Non-agency mortgage backed securities in the above table. PMBS do not carry a government guarantee (explicit or implicit) and require much more detailed due diligence in the form of pre and post purchase analysis. All PMBS bonds were rated AAA by one or more of the major rating agencies at the time of purchase. However, due to the severe and prolonged downturn in the economy, PMBS bonds along with other asset classes have seen deterioration in price, credit quality, and liquidity. Rating agencies have been reassessing all ratings associated with bonds starting with lower tranche or subordinate pieces (which have increased loss exposure), then moving on to senior and super senior bonds, which are what the Company owns with the exception of one mezzanine bond (subordinate). At December 31, 2011, one bond with an aggregate fair value of $0.3 million is deemed to be non-investment grade.
The Company’s evaluations of PMBS, with the assistance of an independent third party, compile relevant collateral details and performance statistics on a security-by-security basis. These evaluations also include assumptions about prepayment rates, future delinquencies, and loss severities based on the underlying collateral characteristics and vintage. Additionally, evaluations include consideration of actual recent collateral performance, the structuring of the security (including the Company’s position within that structure) and expectations of relevant market and economic data as of the end of the reporting period. Assumptions made concerning the items listed above allow the Company to then derive an estimate for the net present value of each security’s expected future cash flows. This amount is then compared to the amortized cost of each security to determine the amount of any possible credit loss. As of December 31, 2011, net unrealized losses on PMBS within the Company’s investment portfolio totaled $34 thousand compared to net unrealized losses of $1.1 million reported at December 31, 2010.
75
Table of Contents
Other than Temporary Impairment (“OTTI”)
The Company periodically evaluates investments in the portfolio for other than temporary impairment and more specifically when conditions warrant such an evaluation. When evaluating whether impairment is other than temporary, the Company considers, among other things, the following: (1) the length of time the security has been in an unrealized loss position, (2) the extent to which the security’s fair value is less than its cost, (3) the financial condition of the issuer, (4) any adverse changes in ratings issued by various rating agencies, (5) the intent and ability of the Company to hold such securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value and (6) in the case of mortgage related securities, credit enhancements, loan-to-values, credit scores, delinquency and default rates, cash flows and the extent to which those cash flows are within Management’s initial expectations based on pre-purchase analyses.
When an investment is deemed to be other than temporarily impaired, an entity is required to assess whether it has the intent to sell the investment, or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the investment before its anticipated recovery of its full basis in the security. According to U.S. GAAP, if either of these conditions is met, the entity must recognize an OTTI loss on the investment in the current period through the income statement including amounts attributable to both credit and market conditions. However, if an entity does not intend, nor anticipates it will be required to sell the investment, it must still perform an evaluation of future cash flows it expects to receive from the investment to determine if a credit loss has occurred. In the event that a credit loss has been projected to have occurred, only the amount of impairment related to the credit loss is recognized through earnings. OTTI amounts related to all other factors, such as market conditions, are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.
The presentation of OTTI losses are made in the consolidated statements of operations on a gross basis (the total amount by which the investment’s amortized cost basis exceeds its fair value at the time it was evaluated for OTTI) with an offset for the amount of OTTI recognized in other comprehensive income (OTTI related to all other factors such as market conditions). The net charge to earnings, referred to as credit related losses, reflects the portion of the impaired investment the Company estimates it will no longer recover.
The Company monitors investments in the portfolio on a regular basis. When investments in an unrealized loss position exhibit certain characteristics that lead Management to believe those losses may be other than temporary, an evaluation of such investments is performed with the assistance of an independent third party to determine if and to what extent those investments are other than temporarily impaired. The Company’s evaluation of impaired investments includes estimating future cash flows from the investment the Company expects to collect, based on an assessment of all available information about the applicable investment. The Company considers such factors as: the structure of the security and the Company’s position within that structure, the remaining payment terms for the security, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity on the collateral supporting the security, expected changes in real estate prices, and assumptions regarding interest rates, to determine whether the Company will recover the remaining amortized cost basis of the security. If the Company’s evaluation results in a present value of expected cash flows that is less than the remaining amortized cost basis of the security, an OTTI credit loss is deemed to have occurred, and a charge to current earnings is recorded. On a quarterly basis the Company, with the assistance of an independent third party, performs an updated evaluation on all securities for which OTTI was previously recognized.
As of December 31, 2011, the Company continues to hold two PMBS securities in which OTTI losses had been recognized. These securities had an aggregate recorded fair value of $0.6 million ($1.1 million historical cost) at both December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The aggregate OTTI recorded on these two securities as of both December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was approximately $0.5 million, comprised of $0.1 million of OTTI associated with credit risk and $0.4 million associated with OTTI for all other factors. In March 2011, the Company sold one of the three securities on which OTTI had previously been recognized. The Company realized a loss of approximately $0.5 million on the sale of the security. Although the Company continues to have the ability and intent to hold the two remaining securities for the foreseeable future, the results of the analysis performed on these securities indicated that the present value of the expected future cash flows was not sufficient to recover their entire amortized cost basis, thus indicating a credit loss had occurred. It is possible that the underlying loan collateral of these securities will perform worse than is currently expected, which could lead to adverse changes in cash flows on these securities and future OTTI losses. Events that could trigger material unrecoverable declines in fair values, and therefore potential OTTI losses for these securities in the future include, but are not limited to: further significantly weakened economic conditions; deterioration of credit metrics; significantly higher levels of default; loss in value on the underlying collateral; deteriorating credit support from subordinated tranches; and further uncertainty and illiquidity in the financial markets. The Company will continue to engage an independent third party to review these securities on a quarterly basis for the foreseeable future.
76
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2011, the Company believes that unrealized losses on all other mortgage related securities such as U.S. government sponsored entity and agency securities, including those issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), as well as corporate bonds, are not attributable to credit quality, but rather fluctuations in market prices for these types of investments. Additionally, these securities have maturity dates that range from 1 to 30 years and in the case of the agency mortgage related securities have contractual cash flows guaranteed by agencies of the U.S. Government. As of December 31, 2011, the Company does not believe unrealized losses related to these securities are other than temporary.
The following table provides additional information related to the OTTI losses the Company has recognized as of December 31, 2011:
| | December 31, 2011 | |
| | | | OTTI Related | | | |
| | OTTI Related | | to All Other | | Total | |
(dollars in thousands) | | to Credit Loss | | Factors | | OTTI | |
Balance, beginning of the period | | $ | 534 | | $ | 943 | | $ | 1,477 | |
Less: losses related to OTTI securities sold | | (425 | ) | | (518 | ) | | (943 | ) |
Change in value attributable to other factors | | - | | (64 | ) | (64 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Balance, end of the period | | $ | 109 | | $ | 361 | | $ | 470 | |
The following table provides additional information related to the OTTI losses the Company recognized during the year ended December 31, 2010:
| | December 31, 2010 | |
| | | | OTTI Related | | | |
| | OTTI Related | | to All Other | | Total | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | to Credit Loss | | Factors | | OTTI | |
Balance, beginning of the period | | $ | 372 | | $ | 1,584 | | $ | 1,956 | |
Additional charges on securities for which OTTI was previously recognized | | 207 | | | (571 | ) | | (364 | ) |
Less: losses related OTTI securities sold | | (45 | ) | (70 | ) | (115 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Balance, end of the period | | $ | 534 | | $ | 934 | | $ | 1,477 | |
Those investment securities available for sale which have an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are detailed below:
| | Securities In A Loss Position For | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Less Than Twelve Months | | Twelve Months or More | | Total | |
| | Fair | | Unrealized | | Fair | | Unrealized | | Fair | | Unrealized | |
As of December 31, 2011 | | Value | | Loss | | Value | | Loss | | Value | | Loss | |
Obligations of U.S. government agencies | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | 89 | | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 89 | | $ | (1 | ) |
Mortgage backed securities | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies | | 39,895 | | (297 | ) | - | | - | | 39,895 | | (297 | ) |
Non-agency | | 17,396 | | (238 | ) | 586 | | (362 | ) | 17,982 | | (600 | ) |
Corporate debt securities | | 26,857 | | (2,053 | ) | - | | - | | 26,857 | | (2,053 | ) |
Other | | 2,020 | | (39 | ) | - | | - | | 2,020 | | (39 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | 86,168 | | $ | (2,627 | ) | $ | 675 | | $ | (363 | ) | $ | 86,843 | | $ | (2,990 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
As of December 31, 2010 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Obligations of U.S. government agencies | | $ | 6,339 | | $ | (245 | ) | $ | 96 | | $ | (3 | ) | $ | 6,435 | | $ | (248 | ) |
Mortgage backed securities | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies | | 56,164 | | (469 | ) | 2,094 | | (15 | ) | 58,258 | | (484 | ) |
Non-agency | | - | | - | | 4,780 | | (1,344 | ) | 4,780 | | (1,344 | ) |
State and municipal securities | | 38,731 | | (1,936 | ) | 136 | | (20 | ) | 38,867 | | (1,956 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | 101,234 | | $ | (2,650 | ) | $ | 7,106 | | $ | (1,382 | ) | $ | 108,340 | | $ | (4,032 | ) |
77
Table of Contents
The majority of the securities in an unrealized loss position are corporate debt securities, which the Company began investing in just prior to the downgrade of the U.S. debt by the S&P. As a result of the U.S. debt’s downgrade there was increased pressure on the price of all types of debt securities but most notably corporate and CMBS securities, as investors liquidated their positions in favor of higher quality and more liquid investments. The Company’s investments in the corporate debt portion of the portfolio are focused on investment grade variable rate instruments, which provide some degree of protection of principal from movements in market interest rates. We do not believe that any of the unrealized losses reflect on the credit quality of the issuer but rather are short-term market fluctuations due to the reaction to the U.S. debt downgrade. As the Company has the ability and intent to hold these securities until their value recovers and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell these securities, the Company does not believe there has been an other than temporary decline in their value.
The amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are shown below. The table reflects the expected lives of mortgage-backed securities, based on the Company’s historical experience, because borrowers have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties. Contractual maturities are reflected for all other security types. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
| | 2011 | | 2010 | |
| | Amortized | | | | Amortized | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Cost | | Fair Value | | Cost | | Fair Value | |
Due one year or less | | $ | 17,484 | | $ | 17,471 | | $ | 38,706 | | $ | 39,374 | |
Due after one year through five years | | 144,941 | | 144,107 | | 120,666 | | 121,032 | |
Due after five years through ten years | | 63,070 | | 64,383 | | 34,020 | | 32,686 | |
Due after ten years | | 10,742 | | 11,021 | | 32,369 | | 30,765 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | 236,237 | | $ | 236,982 | | $ | 225,761 | | $ | 223,857 | |
Securities having a carrying value and a fair value of $5.1 million and $5.2 million, respectively at December 31, 2011, and $9.9 million and $9.9 million, respectively at December 31, 2010 were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes as required by law.
Interest earnings by type of investment security are summarized below:
| | For the year ended | |
| | December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | |
Taxable earnings on investment securities | | | | | | | |
Obligations of U.S. government agencies | | $ | 190 | | $ | 32 | | $ | 1 | |
Mortgage backed securities | | 4,288 | | 5,200 | | 3,021 | |
State and municipal securities | | 497 | | 161 | | - | |
Corporate debt securities | | 309 | | - | | - | |
Other | | 20 | | 29 | | 38 | |
Non-taxable earnings on investment securities | | | | | | | |
State and municipal securities | | 1,490 | | 1,146 | | 896 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | 6,794 | | $ | 6,568 | | $ | 3,956 | |
78
Table of Contents
Note 3. Loans
The following table sets forth the balance for each major loan category as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
| | December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | |
Real Estate Secured | | | | | |
Multi-family residential | | $ | 15,915 | | $ | 17,637 | |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | 20,839 | | 21,804 | |
Home equity lines of credit | | 31,047 | | 30,801 | |
Commercial | | 357,499 | | 348,583 | |
Farmland | | 8,155 | | 15,136 | |
Total real estate secured | | 433,455 | | 433,961 | |
| | | | | |
Commercial | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | 141,065 | | 145,811 | |
Agriculture | | 15,740 | | 15,168 | |
Other | | 89 | | 153 | |
Total commercial | | 156,894 | | 161,132 | |
| | | | | |
Construction | | | | | |
Single family residential | | 13,039 | | 11,525 | |
Single family residential - Spec. | | 8 | | 2,391 | |
Multi-family | | 1,669 | | 2,218 | |
Commercial | | 8,015 | | 27,785 | |
Total construction | | 22,731 | | 43,919 | |
| | | | | |
Land | | 26,454 | | 30,685 | |
Installment loans to individuals | | 6,479 | | 7,392 | |
All other loans (including overdrafts) | | 273 | | 214 | |
| | | | | |
Total gross loans | | 646,286 | | 677,303 | |
| | | | | |
Deferred loan fees | | 1,111 | | 1,613 | |
Allowance for loan losses | | 19,314 | | 24,940 | |
| | | | | |
Total net loans | | $ | 625,861 | | $ | 650,750 | |
| | | | | |
Loans held for sale | | $ | 21,947 | | $ | 11,008 | |
Concentration of Credit Risk
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, $482.6 million and $508.6 million, respectively of the Company’s loan portfolio was collateralized by various forms of real estate, comprised of real estate secured, construction and land loans. Such loans are generally made to borrowers located in the counties of San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara. The Company attempts to reduce its concentration of credit risk by making loans which are diversified by project type. While Management believes that the collateral presently securing this portfolio is adequate, there can be no assurances that further significant deterioration in the California real estate market would not expose the Company to significantly greater credit risk.
Loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying balance sheets. The unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others, exclusive of Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans, was $8.6 million and $13.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
From time to time, the Company also originates SBA loans for sale to governmental agencies and institutional investors. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the unpaid principal balance of SBA loans serviced for others totaled $5.4 million and $6.4 million, respectively. The Company did not recognize gains from the sale of SBA loans in 2011. The Company recognized gains from the sale of SBA loans of $0.2 million during 2010.
79
Table of Contents
Impaired Loans
The following table provides a summary of the Company’s investment in impaired loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011:
| | | | Unpaid | | Impaired Loans | | Specific | | Average | | Interest | |
| | Recorded | | Principal | | With Specific | | Without Specific | | Allowance for | | Recorded | | Income | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Investment | | Balance | | Allowance | | Allowance | | Impaired Loans | | Investment | | Recognized | |
Real Estate Secured | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | $ | 622 | | $ | 895 | | $ | 153 | | $ | 469 | | $ | 53 | | $ | 582 | | $ | - | |
Home equity lines of credit | | 359 | | 443 | | - | | 359 | | - | | 696 | | - | |
Commercial | | 4,567 | | 5,513 | | 3,876 | | 691 | | 738 | | 8,903 | | - | |
Farmland | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 433 | | - | |
Commercial | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | 2,183 | | 2,879 | | 1,928 | | 255 | | 1,169 | | 2,790 | | 5 | |
Agriculture | | 2,789 | | 2,932 | | 2,166 | | 623 | | 140 | | 1,244 | | - | |
Construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Single family residential | | 937 | | 937 | | - | | 937 | | - | | 1,115 | | - | |
Land | | 1,886 | | 2,258 | | 729 | | 1,157 | | 114 | | 3,224 | | - | |
Installment loans to individuals | | 61 | | 61 | | 61 | | - | | 3 | | 18 | | - | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Totals | | $ | 13,404 | | $ | 15,918 | | $ | 8,913 | | $ | 4,491 | | $ | 2,217 | | $ | 19,005 | | $ | 5 | |
The following table provides a summary of the Company’s investment in impaired loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010:
| | | | Unpaid | | Impaired Loans | | Specific | | Average | | Interest | |
| | Recorded | | Principal | | With Specific | | Without Specific | | Allowance for | | Recorded | | Income | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Investment | | Balance | | Allowance | | Allowance | | Impaired Loans | | Investment | | Recognized | |
Real Estate Secured | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | $ | 748 | | $ | 896 | | $ | - | | $ | 748 | | $ | - | | $ | 988 | | $ | - | |
Home equity lines of credit | | 1,019 | | 1,019 | | - | | 1,019 | | - | | 508 | | - | |
Commercial | | 18,322 | | 20,539 | | 4,706 | | 13,616 | | 1,085 | | 18,890 | | 67 | |
Farmland | | 2,626 | | 2,773 | | - | | 2,626 | | - | | 2,745 | | - | |
Commercial | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | 5,858 | | 6,474 | | 903 | | 4,955 | | 461 | | 8,010 | | 150 | |
Agriculture | | 246 | | 384 | | - | | 246 | | - | | 1,294 | | - | |
Construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Single family residential | | 1,311 | | 1,310 | | 952 | | 359 | | 476 | | 945 | | - | |
Single family residential - Spec. | | 1,250 | | 1,250 | | - | | 1,250 | | - | | 1,108 | | - | |
Tract | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 311 | | - | |
Multi-family | | 479 | | 896 | | - | | 479 | | - | | 481 | | - | |
Commercial | | - | | 100 | | - | | - | | - | | 245 | | - | |
Land | | 3,371 | | 3,771 | | 1,478 | | 1,893 | | 235 | | 6,935 | | - | |
Installment loans to individuals | | 370 | | 502 | | - | | 370 | | - | | 396 | | 17 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Totals | | $ | 35,600 | | $ | 39,931 | | $ | 8,039 | | $ | 2,561 | | $ | 2,257 | | $ | 42,855 | | $ | 234 | |
The Company did not record income from the receipt of cash payments related to non-accruing loans during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. If interest on non-accruing loans had been recognized at the original interest rates stipulated in the respective loan agreements, interest income would have increased $1.5 million, $3.0 million and $1.3 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Interest income recognized on impaired loans in the table above represents interest the Company recognized on performing TDRs.
Because the loans currently identified as impaired have unique risk characteristics, valuation allowances the Company recorded were determined on a loan-by-loan basis. It should be noted that a significant portion of the Company’s impaired loans were carried at the fair value of the underlying collateral, net of estimated selling costs as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, resulting in large part from the charge-off of loan balances following the receipt of appraisal information on the underlying collateral.
80
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, $3.7 million and $10.4 million, respectively, in loans were classified as TDRs, respectively. Of those balances $0.8 million and $2.8 million were accruing as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In a majority of cases, the Company has granted concessions regarding interest rates, payment structure and maturity. Forgone interest related to TDRs totaled $ 0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the Company was not committed to lend any additional funds to borrowers whose obligations to the Company were restructured.
During the year ending December 31, 2011, the terms of certain loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings. The vast majority of the term modifications related to extensions of the maturity date at the loan’s original interest rate, which was lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk. The maturity date extensions granted were for periods ranging from 12 months to 18 months.
The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification during the year ending December 31, 2011:
| | For the Year Ended | |
| | December 31, 2011 | |
| | | | Pre-Modification | | Post-Modification | |
| | Number of | | Outstanding Recorded | | Outstanding Recorded | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | TDRs | | Investment | | Investment | |
Trouble Debt Restructurings | | | | | | | |
Commercial real estate | | 1 | | $ | 500 | | $ | 500 | |
Commercial and industrial | | 10 | | 1,377 | | 1,377 | |
Land | | 1 | | 788 | | 742 | |
| | | | | | | |
Totals | | 12 | | $ | 2,665 | | $ | 2,619 | |
TDRs that originated in 2011 and then became delinquent during the year comprised:
| | For the Year Ended | |
| | December 31, 2011 | |
| | Number of | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | TDRs | | Recorded Investment | |
Trouble Debt Restructurings | | | | | |
That Subsequently Defaulted | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | 3 | | $ | 478 | |
| | | | | |
Totals | | 3 | | $ | 478 | |
Credit Quality and Credit Risk Management
The Company manages credit risk not only through extensive risk analyses performed prior to a loan’s funding, but also through the ongoing monitoring of loans within the portfolio, and more specifically certain types of loans that generally involve a greater degree of risk, such as commercial real estate, commercial lines of credit, and construction/land loans. The Company monitors loans in the portfolio through an exhaustive internal process, at least quarterly, as well as with the assistance of independent loan reviews. These reviews generally not only focus on problem loans, but also “pass” credits within certain pools of loans that may be expected to experience stress due to economic conditions.
This process allows the Company to validate credit ratings, underwriting structure, and the Company’s estimated exposure in the current economic environment as well as enhance communications with borrowers where necessary in an effort to mitigate potential future losses.
The Company conducts an analysis on all significant problem loans at least quarterly, in order to properly estimate its potential exposure to loss associated with such credits in a timely manner. Pursuant to the Company’s lending policy, all loans in the portfolio are assigned a risk rating, which allows Management, among other things, to identify the risk associated with each credit in the portfolio, and to provide a basis for estimating credit losses inherent in the portfolio. Risk grades are generally assigned based on information concerning the borrower and the strength of the collateral. Risk grades are reviewed regularly by the Company’s credit committee and are scrutinized by independent loan reviews performed semi-annually, as well as by regulatory agencies during scheduled examinations.
81
Table of Contents
The following provides brief definitions for credit ratings assigned to loans in the portfolio:
· Pass – strong credit quality with adequate collateral or secondary source of repayment and little existing or known weaknesses. However, pass may include credits with exposure to certain potential factors that may adversely impact the credit, if they materialize, resulting in these credits being put on a watch list to monitor more closely than other pass rated credits. Such factors may be credit / relationship specific or general to an entire industry.
· Special Mention – credits that have potential weaknesses that deserve Management’s close attention. If not corrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit at some future date.
· Substandard – credits that have a defined weakness or weaknesses which may jeopardize the orderly liquidation of the loan through cash flows, making it likely that repayment may have to come from some other source, such as the liquidation of collateral. The Company is more likely to incur losses on substandard credits if the weakness or weaknesses identified in the credit are not corrected.
· Doubtful – credits that possess the characteristics of a substandard credit, but because of certain existing deficiencies related to the credit, full collection is highly questionable. The probability of incurring some loss on such credits is high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific pending factors which may work to the advantage of strengthening the credit, charge-off is deferred until such time the Company becomes reasonably certain that certain pending factors related to the credit will no longer provide some form of benefit.
Loans typically move to non-accruing status from the Company’s substandard risk grade. When a loan is first classified as substandard, the Company obtains financial information (appraisal or cash flow information) in order to determine if any evidence of impairment exists. If impairment is determined to exist, the Company obtains updated appraisal information on the underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans and updated cash-flow information if the loan is unsecured or primarily dependent on future operating or other cash-flows. Once the updated financial information is obtained and analyzed by Management, a valuation allowance, if necessary, is established against such loan or a loss is recognized by a charge to the allowance for loan losses, if Management believes that the full amount of the Company’s recorded investment in the loan is no longer collectable. Therefore, at the time a loan moves into non-accruing status, a valuation allowance typically has already been established or balances deemed uncollectable on such loan have been charged-off. If upon a loan’s migration to non-accruing status, the financial information obtained while the loan was classified as substandard are deemed to be outdated, the Company typically orders new appraisals on underlying collateral or obtains the most recent cash-flow information in order to have the most current indication of fair value. For collateral dependent loans, if a complete appraisal is expected to take a significant amount of time to complete, the Company may also rely on a broker’s price opinion or other meaningful market data, such as comparable sales, in order to derive its best estimate of a property’s fair value, while waiting for an appraisal at the time of the decision to classify the loan as substandard and/or non-accruing. An analysis of the underlying collateral is performed for loans on non-accrual status at least quarterly, and corresponding changes in any related valuation allowance are made or balances deemed to be fully uncollectable are charged-off. Cash-flow information for impaired loans dependent primarily on future operating or other cash-flows are updated quarterly as well, with subsequent shortfalls resulting in valuation allowance adjustments.
The Company typically moves to charge-off loan balances when, based on various evidence, it believes those balances are no longer collectable. Such evidence may include updated information related to a borrower’s financial condition or updated information related to collateral securing such loans. Such loans are monitored internally on a regular basis by the Special Assets department, which is responsible for obtaining updated periodic appraisal information for collateral securing problem loans as well as updated cash-flow information. If a loan’s credit quality deteriorates to the point that collection of principal through traditional means is believed by Management to be doubtful, and the value of collateral securing the obligation is sufficient, the Company generally takes steps to protect and liquidate the collateral. Any loss resulting from the difference between the Company’s recorded investment in the loan and the fair market value of the collateral obtained through repossession is recognized by a charge to the allowance for loan losses. In those cases where Management has determined that it is in the best interest of the Bank to attempt to broker a troubled loan rather than to continue to hold it in its portfolio, additional charges-offs have been realized as distressed loan buyers that typically purchase these types of loans tend to require a higher rate of return than would be built into the Company’s traditional hold to maturity model, resulting in the sales price for these loans being less than the adjusted carrying cost.
82
Table of Contents
The following table stratifies the loan portfolio by the Company’s internal risk grading system as well as certain other information concerning the credit quality of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011:
| | | | Credit Risk Grades | | Days Past Due | | | | | |
| | Total Gross | | | | Special | | | | | | | | | | 90+ and Still | | Non- | | Accruing | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Loans | | Pass | | Mention | | Substandard | | Doubtful | | 30-59 | | 60-89 | | Accruing | | Accruing | | TDR | |
Real Estate Secured | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Multi-family residential | | $ | 15,915 | | $ | 15,915 | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | - | |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | 20,839 | | 20,209 | | - | | 630 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 622 | | - | |
Home equity lines of credit | | 31,047 | | 29,274 | | 56 | | 1,717 | | - | | 267 | | 65 | | - | | 359 | | - | |
Commercial | | 357,499 | | 311,234 | | 17,795 | | 28,470 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 4,551 | | - | |
Farmland | | 8,155 | | 5,830 | | - | | 2,325 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Commercial | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | 141,065 | | 122,964 | | 11,630 | | 6,416 | | 55 | | 329 | | 92 | | - | | 1,625 | | 561 | |
Agriculture | | 15,740 | | 11,326 | | - | | 4,414 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 2,327 | | - | |
Other | | 89 | | 89 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Single family residential | | 13,039 | | 12,102 | | - | | 937 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 937 | | - | |
Single family residential - Spec. | | 8 | | 8 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Multi-family | | 1,669 | | - | | - | | 1,669 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Commercial | | 8,015 | | 3,714 | | 4,301 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Land | | 26,454 | | 13,985 | | 5,234 | | 7,235 | | - | | 41 | | - | | - | | 1,886 | | - | |
Installment loans to individuals | | 6,479 | | 6,148 | | 247 | | 84 | | - | | - | | 2 | | - | | 61 | | - | |
All other loans (including overdrafts) | | 273 | | 271 | | 1 | | 1 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Totals | | $ | 646,286 | | $ | 553,069 | | $ | 39,264 | | $ | 53,898 | | $ | 55 | | $ | 637 | | $ | 159 | | $ | - | | $ | 12,368 | | $ | 561 | |
The following table stratifies the loan portfolio by the Company’s internal risk grading system as well as certain other information concerning the credit quality of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2010:
| | | | Credit Risk Grades | | Days Past Due | | | | | |
| | Total Gross | | | | Special | | | | | | | | | | 90+ and Still | | Non- | | Accruing | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Loans | | Pass | | Mention | | Substandard | | Doubtful | | 30-59 | | 60-89 | | Accruing | | Accruing | | TDR | |
Real Estate Secured | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Multi-family residential | | $ | 17,637 | | $ | 17,637 | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | - | |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | 21,804 | | 20,054 | | 282 | | 1,468 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 748 | | - | |
Home equity lines of credit | | 30,801 | | 29,575 | | 89 | | 1,137 | | - | | 40 | | 24 | | - | | 1,019 | | - | |
Commercial | | 348,583 | | 266,232 | | 33,786 | | 47,000 | | 1,565 | | 1,212 | | - | | - | | 17,752 | | 570 | |
Farmland | | 15,136 | | 8,980 | | 2,693 | | 3,463 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 2,626 | | - | |
Commercial | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | 145,811 | | 131,594 | | 2,166 | | 10,835 | | 1,216 | | 284 | | 26 | | - | | 3,921 | | 1,937 | |
Agriculture | | 15,168 | | 12,062 | | 2,555 | | 551 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 246 | | - | |
Other | | 153 | | 153 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Single family residential | | 11,525 | | 9,399 | | 816 | | 1,310 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 1,311 | | - | |
Single family residential - Spec. | | 2,391 | | - | | 1,141 | | 1,250 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 1,250 | | - | |
Tract | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Multi-family | | 2,218 | | - | | 1,739 | | - | | 479 | | - | | - | | - | | 479 | | - | |
Hospitality | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Commercial | | 27,785 | | 27,287 | | 498 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
Land | | 30,685 | | 16,618 | | 9,213 | | 4,854 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | 3,371 | | - | |
Installment loans to individuals | | 7,392 | | 7,009 | | 8 | | 375 | | - | | 10 | | - | | - | | 96 | | 274 | |
All other loans (including overdrafts) | | 214 | | 214 | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Totals | | $ | 677,303 | | $ | 546,814 | | $ | 54,986 | | $ | 72,243 | | $ | 3,260 | | $ | 1,546 | | $ | 50 | | $ | - | | $ | 32,819 | | $ | 2,781 | |
In addition to the $53.9 million of substandard and doubtful loans in the loan portfolio, which traditionally have made up classified loans, there were $4.3 million of loans accounted for as held for sale, that had been included in substandard loans prior to being transferred held for sale, and are also considered classified loans.
83
Table of Contents
Note 4. Allowance for Loan Losses
The Company has established an allowance for loan losses to account for probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the date of the balance sheet. The allowance is comprised of three components: specific credit allocation, general portfolio allocation, and a qualitatively determined allocation. The specific credit allocation is assigned to loans that have been individually evaluated for impairment, such as loans placed on non-accrual status and any other loan which Management has identified as impaired, including TDRs. The general portfolio allocation is determined by collectively evaluating pools of loans and applying historical loss factors across the various credit risk grades and loan segments in the portfolio. The qualitatively determined allocation is determined through judgments the Company makes regarding certain qualitative factors that may impact the credit quality of various segments of the loan portfolio.
Specific Credit Allocation
The specific credit allocation of the allowance is determined through the measurement of impairment on certain loans that have been identified during each reporting period as impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on certain information and events surrounding a borrower, it is determined that it is probable that the Company will not receive all scheduled payments, including interest. In addition, all TDRs are considered to be impaired loans. Once a loan is classified as substandard, the Company places the loan under the supervision of its Special Assets department. The Special Assets department is responsible for performing comprehensive analyses of impaired loans, including obtaining updated financial information regarding the borrower, obtaining updated appraisals on any collateral securing such loans and ultimately determining the extent to which such loans are impaired. Once the amount of impairment on specific impaired loans has been determined, the Company establishes a corresponding valuation allowance which then becomes a component of the Company’s specific credit allocation in the allowance for loan losses.
General Portfolio Allocation
The general portfolio allocation of the allowance is determined by pooling performing loans by collateral type and purpose, such as the stratification presented in Note 3. Loans, of these consolidated financial statements. These loans are then further segmented by an internal loan grading system that classifies loans as: pass, special mention, substandard and doubtful. Estimated loss rates are then applied to each segment according to loan grade to determine the amount of the general portfolio allocation. Estimated loss rates are determined through an analysis of historical loss rates for each segment of the loan portfolio, based on the Company’s prior experience with such loans.
Qualitative Portfolio Allocation
The qualitatively determined allocation of the allowance, which is included in the general reserve component of the allowance for loan loss table below, is determined by estimates the Company makes in regard to certain internal and external factors that may have either a positive or negative impact on the overall credit quality of the loan portfolio. Internal factors include trends in credit quality of the loan portfolio, the existence and the effects of concentrations, the composition and volume of the loan portfolio and the scope and frequency of the loan review process as well as any other factor determined by Management to have an impact on the credit quality of the loan portfolio. External factors include local, state and national economic and business conditions. While Management regularly reviews the estimated impact these internal and external factors are expected to have on the loan portfolio, there can be no assurance that an adverse change in any one or combination of these factors will not be in excess of Management’s expectations.
The determination of the amount of the allowance and any corresponding increase or decrease in the level of provisions for loan losses is based on Management’s best estimate of the current credit quality of the loan portfolio and any probable inherent losses as of the balance sheet date. The nature of the process in which Management determines the appropriate level of the allowance involves the exercise of considerable judgment and the use of estimates. While Management utilizes its best judgment and all available information in determining the adequacy of the allowance, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including but not limited to, the performance of the loan portfolio, changes in current and future economic conditions and the view of regulatory agencies regarding the level of classified assets. Continued weakness in economic conditions and any other factor that may adversely affect credit quality, result in higher levels of past due and non-accruing loans, defaults, and additional loan charge-offs, which may require additional provisions for loan losses in future periods and a higher balance in the Company’s allowance for loan losses.
84
Table of Contents
Each segment of loans in the portfolio possess varying degrees of risk, based on, among other things, the type of loan being made, the purpose of the loan, the type of collateral securing the loan, and the sensitivity the borrower has to changes in certain external factors such as economic conditions. The following provides a summary of the risks associated with various segments of the Company’s loan portfolio, which are factors Management regularly considers when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance:
· Real estate secured – consist primarily of loans secured by commercial real estate, multi-family, farmland, and 1-4 family residential properties. Also included in this segment are equity lines of credit secured by real estate. As the majority of this segment is comprised of commercial real estate loans, risks associated with this segment lie primarily within that loan type. Adverse economic conditions may result in a decline in business activity and increased vacancy rates for commercial properties. These factors, in conjunction with a decline in real estate prices, may expose the Company to the potential for losses if a borrower cannot continue to service the loan with operating revenues, and the value of the property has declined to a level such that it no longer fully covers the Company’s recorded investment in the loan.
· Commercial and Industrial – consist primarily of commercial and industrial loans (business lines of credit), agriculture loans, and other commercial purpose loans. Repayment of commercial and industrial loans is generally provided from the cash flows of the related business to which the loan was made. Adverse changes in economic conditions may result in a decline in business activity, which can impact a borrower’s ability to continue to make scheduled payments. The risk of repayment of agriculture loans arises largely from factors beyond the control of the Company or the related borrower, such as commodity prices and weather conditions.
· Construction / Land segments – although construction and land loans generally possess a higher inherent risk of loss than other portfolio segments, improvements in the mix, collateral and nature of loans in this segment have resulted in an improvement in the risk profile of this segment of the portfolio. Risk arises from the necessity to complete projects within specified cost and time limits. Trends in the construction industry may also impact the credit quality of these loans, as demand drives construction activity. In addition, trends in real estate values significantly impact the credit quality of these loans, as property values determine the economic viability of future construction projects.
· Installment – the installment loan portfolio is comprised primarily of a large number of small loans with scheduled amortization over a specific period. The majority of installment loans are made for consumer and business purchases. Weakened economic conditions may result in an increased level of delinquencies within this segment, as economic pressures may impact the capacity of such borrowers to repay their obligations.
The following tables summarize the allocation of the allowance as well as the activity in the allowance attributed to various segments in the loan portfolio as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:
| | Real Estate | | | | | | | | | | All Other | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Secured | | Commercial | | Construction | | Land | | Installment | | Loans | | Total | |
Balance, December 31, 2010 | | $ | 11,885 | | $ | 9,507 | | $ | 1,353 | | $ | 2,000 | | $ | 166 | | $ | 29 | | $ | 24,940 | |
Charge-offs | | (8,325 | ) | (4,426 | ) | (338 | ) | (793 | ) | (204 | ) | - | | | (14,086 | ) |
Recoveries | | 360 | | 1,669 | | 112 | | 207 | | 49 | | - | | | 2,397 | |
Provisions for loan losses | | 5,725 | | (201 | ) | (639 | ) | 1,002 | | 164 | | 12 | | 6,063 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2011 | | $ | 9,645 | | $ | 6,549 | | $ | 488 | | $ | 2,416 | | $ | 175 | | $ | 41 | | $ | 19,314 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Amount of allowance attributed to: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Specifically evaluated impaired loans | | $ | 791 | | $ | 1,309 | | $ | - | | $ | 114 | | $ | 3 | | $ | - | | $ | 2,217 | |
General portfolio allocation | | $ | 8,854 | | $ | 5,240 | | $ | 488 | | $ | 2,302 | | $ | 172 | | $ | 41 | | $ | 17,097 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Loans individually evaluated for impairment | | $ | 5,532 | | $ | 4,963 | | $ | 937 | | $ | 1,886 | | $ | 61 | | $ | - | | $ | 13,379 | |
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment | | $ | 427,923 | | $ | 151,931 | | $ | 21,794 | | $ | 24,568 | | $ | 6,418 | | $ | 273 | | $ | 632,907 | |
General reserves to total loans collectively evaluated for impairment | | 2.07% | | 3.45% | | 2.24% | | 9.37% | | 2.68% | | 15.02% | | 2.70% | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total gross loans | | $ | 433,455 | | $ | 156,894 | | $ | 22,731 | | $ | 26,454 | | $ | 6,479 | | $ | 273 | | $ | 646,286 | |
Total allowance to gross loans | | 2.23% | | 4.17% | | 2.15% | | 9.13% | | 2.70% | | 15.02% | | 2.99% | |
85
Table of Contents
| | Real Estate | | | | | | | | | | All Other | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Secured | | Commercial | | Construction | | Land | | Installment | | Loans | | Total | |
Balance, December 31, 2009 | | $ | 6,851 | | $ | 4,814 | | $ | 1,007 | | $ | 1,644 | | $ | 40 | | $ | 16 | | $ | 14,372 | |
Charge-offs | | (5,500 | ) | (13,738 | ) | (1,259 | ) | (2,985 | ) | (371 | ) | - | | (23,853 | ) |
Recoveries | | 120 | | 1,436 | | 10 | | 1,311 | | 13 | | - | | 2,890 | |
Provisions for loan losses | | 10,414 | | 16,995 | | 1,595 | | 2,030 | | 484 | | 13 | | 31,531 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2010 | | $ | 11,885 | | $ | 9,507 | | $ | 1,353 | | $ | 2,000 | | $ | 166 | | $ | 29 | | $ | 24,940 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Amount of allowance attributed to: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Specifically evaluated impaired loans | | $ | 1,085 | | $ | 461 | | $ | 476 | | $ | 235 | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | 2,257 | |
General portfolio allocation | | $ | 10,800 | | $ | 9,046 | | $ | 877 | | $ | 1,765 | | $ | 166 | | $ | 29 | | $ | 22,683 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Loans individually evaluated | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
for impairment | | $ | 20,260 | | $ | 2,503 | | $ | 2,560 | | $ | 3,372 | | $ | 94 | | $ | - | | $ | 28,789 | |
Loans collectively evaluated | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
for impairment | | $ | 413,701 | | $ | 158,629 | | $ | 41,359 | | $ | 27,313 | | $ | 7,298 | | $ | 214 | | $ | 648,514 | |
General reserves to total loans | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
collectively evaluated for impairment | | 2.61% | | 5.70% | | 2.12% | | 6.46% | | 2.27% | | 13.55% | | 3.50% | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total gross loans | | $ | 433,961 | | $ | 161,132 | | $ | 43,919 | | $ | 30,685 | | $ | 7,392 | | $ | 214 | | $ | 677,303 | |
Total allowance to gross loans | | 2.74% | | 5.90% | | 3.08% | | 6.52% | | 2.25% | | 13.55% | | 3.68% | |
The following table summarizes activity in the allowance for loan losses for 2009:
| | For the year ended | |
| | December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2009 | |
Balance at beginning of period | | $ | 10,412 | |
Provision expense | | 24,066 | |
Loans charged-off | | | |
Commercial real estate | | 339 | |
Residential 1-4 family | | 558 | |
Commercial and industrial | | 5,816 | |
Agriculture | | 2,224 | |
Construction | | 2,218 | |
Land | | 8,886 | |
Other | | 163 | |
| | | |
Total charge-offs | | 20,204 | |
| | | |
Recoveries of loans previously charged off | | 98 | |
| | | |
Balance at end of period | | $ | 14,372 | |
86
Table of Contents
Note 5. Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)
The following table summarizes the change in the balance of other real estate owned for the years ended December 31, 2011:
| | Balance | | | | | | | | Balance | |
| | December 31, | | | | | | | | December 31, | |
(dollars in thousands) | | 2010 | | Additions | | Disposals | | Writedowns | | 2011 | |
Real Estate Secured | | | | | | | | | | | |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | $ | 160 | | $ | 865 | | $ | (1,025 | ) | $ | - | | $ | - | |
Commercial | | 3,953 | | 2,578 | | (5,500 | ) | (816 | ) | 215 | |
Commercial | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial and industrial | | 464 | | - | | (464 | ) | - | | - | |
Construction | | | | | | | | | | | |
Single family residential - Spec. | | 475 | | - | | - | | (52 | ) | 423 | |
Tract | | 251 | | - | | (117 | ) | (34 | ) | 100 | |
Land | | 1,365 | | 41 | | (994 | ) | (233 | ) | 179 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Totals | | $ | 6,668 | | $ | 3,484 | | $ | (8,100 | ) | $ | (1,135 | ) | $ | 917 | |
The following table summarizes the change in the balance of other real estate owned for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
| | For the years ended | |
| | December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2010 | | 2009 | |
Beginning balance | | $ | 946 | | $ | 1,337 | |
Additions | | 13,280 | | 9,595 | |
Disposals | | (3,906 | ) | (8,521 | ) |
Write-downs | | (3,652 | ) | (1,465 | ) |
| | | | | |
Ending balance | | $ | 6,668 | | $ | 946 | |
Note 6. Property, Premises and Equipment
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, property, premises and equipment consisted of the following:
| | December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | |
Land | | $ | 1,240 | | $ | 1,240 | |
Furniture and equipment | | 8,923 | | 9,194 | |
Building and improvements | | 6,802 | | 6,871 | |
Construction in progress | | 49 | | 122 | |
| | | | | |
Total cost | | 17,014 | | 17,427 | |
| | | | | |
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization | | 11,486 | | 11,051 | |
| | | | | |
Total property, premises and equipment | | $ | 5,528 | | $ | 6,376 | |
Depreciation expense totaled $1.3 million, $1.3 million and $1.2 million for the years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company leases land, buildings, and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2022. See Note 11. Commitments and Contingencies, of these consolidated financial statements for a more detailed discussion regarding the Company’s operating lease obligations.
87
Table of Contents
Note 7. Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist of goodwill and core deposit intangible assets associated with the acquisition of Business First Bank in 2007. The balance of goodwill at December 31, 2011 was $11.0 million, unchanged from that reported at December 31, 2010.
Core deposit intangible (“CDI”) assets are subject to amortization. Amortization for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $0.4 million, $0.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively.
The following table summarizes the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net carrying amount of core deposit intangibles and provides an estimate for future amortization as of December 31, 2011:
| | Gross Carrying | | Accumulated | | Net Carrying | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Amount | | Amortization | | Amount | |
Core deposit intangible | | $ | 3,797 | | $ | (2,115 | ) | $ | 1,682 | |
| | | | | | | |
| | Beginning | | Estimated | | Ending | |
Period | | Balance | | Amortization | | Balance | |
Year 2012 | | $ | 1,682 | | $ | (342 | ) | $ | 1,340 | |
Year 2013 | | $ | 1,340 | | $ | (342 | ) | $ | 998 | |
Year 2014 | | $ | 998 | | $ | (342 | ) | $ | 656 | |
Year 2015 | | $ | 656 | | $ | (342 | ) | $ | 314 | |
Year 2016 | | $ | 314 | | $ | (314 | ) | $ | (0 | ) |
Note 8. Time Deposit Liabilities
The following table provides a summary for the maturity of the Bank’s time certificates of deposit as of December 31, 2011:
| | Amount Due | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2012 | | 2013 | | 2014 | | 2015 | | 2016 | | Total | |
Time certificates of deposit | | $ | 125,490 | | $ | 36,375 | | $ | 23,694 | | $ | 1,793 | | $ | 5,359 | | $ | 192,711 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Note 9. Borrowings
The Bank has several sources from which it may obtain borrowed funds. While deposits are the Bank’s primary funding source, borrowings are the secondary source of funds. Borrowings can take the form of Federal Funds purchased through arrangements it has established with correspondent banks or advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. Borrowing may occur for a variety of reasons including daily liquidity needs and balance sheet growth. Additionally, the Bank had a collateralized borrowing line with the Federal Reserve Bank in the amount of $6.9 million as of December 31, 2011. The following provides a summary of the borrowing facilities available to the Bank and Company as well as the level of borrowings that were outstanding as of December 31, 2011:
Federal Funds Purchased - The Bank has borrowing lines with correspondent banks totaling $15.0 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. As of December 31, 2011, there were no balances outstanding on these borrowing lines.
88
Table of Contents
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances - At December 31, 2011, the Bank had the following borrowings with the FHLB, the majority of which are collateralized by loans:
(dollar amounts in thousands)
Amount | | Interest | | Maturity | |
Borrowed | | Rate | | Variable/Fixed | | Date | |
$ | 26,000 | | 0.11% | | Variable | | Open | |
3,500 | | 0.85% | | Fixed | | 12/10/2012 | |
29,500 | | Total short-term | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
3,000 | | 1.28% | | Fixed | | 12/10/2013 | |
2,500 | | 1.37% | | Fixed | | 1/13/2014 | |
2,500 | | 1.37% | | Fixed | | 2/3/2014 | |
2,500 | | 1.50% | | Fixed | | 2/24/2014 | |
1,500 | | 1.19% | �� | Fixed | | 5/12/2014 | |
2,500 | | 1.92% | | Fixed | | 1/13/2015 | |
2,500 | | 1.90% | | Fixed | | 2/2/2015 | |
2,500 | | 2.02% | | Fixed | | 2/24/2015 | |
2,500 | | 1.68% | | Fixed | | 5/11/2015 | |
22,000 | | Total long-term | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
$ | 51,500 | | 0.79% | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
FHLB advances require monthly interest only payments, with the full amount borrowed due at maturity.
Borrowings from FHLB are collateralized by the Company’s loans receivable. At December 31, 2011, $535.3 million in loans were pledged as collateral to the FHLB for the borrowings presented in the table above and the banks remaining borrowing capacity of $146 million as of December 31, 2011; however, the majority of the Bank’s loans are assigned to a blanket lien to the FHLB. Additionally, the Bank has an $11.4 million letter of credit with the FHLB secured by loans.
Junior Subordinated Debentures
On October 27, 2006, the Company issued $8.2 million of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Securities to Heritage Oaks Capital Trust II, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware. These debentures are subordinated to effectively all borrowings of the Company. The Company used the proceeds from the issuance of these securities for general corporate purposes, which include among other things, capital contributions to the Bank, investments, payment of dividends, and repurchases of our common stock.
On September 20, 2007, the Company issued $5.2 million of Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures to Heritage Oaks Capital Trust III (“Trust III”), a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware. These debentures issued to Trust III were subordinated to effectively all borrowings of the Company. The Company used the proceeds from the sale of the securities to assist in the acquisition of Business First National Bank, for general corporate purposes, and for capital contributions to the Bank. In June 2010, the Company repurchased $5.0 million in face amount trust preferred securities issued by Trust III, and the related $5.2 million junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company. The repurchase resulted in a pre-tax gain of approximately $1.7 million. Trust III was dissolved in December 2010.
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had a total of $8.2 million in Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures issued and outstanding, issued to Heritage Oaks Capital Trust II. The debt securities can be redeemed at par if certain events occur that impact the tax treatment, regulatory treatment or the capital treatment of the issuance. In addition, effective November 2011 the Company has the option to redeem the debt, subject to regulatory approval. Upon the issuance of the debt securities, the Company purchased a 3.1% minority interest in Heritage Oaks Capital Trust II, totaling $0.2 million. The balance of the equity of Heritage Oaks Capital Trust II is comprised of mandatory redeemable preferred securities and is included in other assets. Interest associated with the securities issued to Heritage Oaks Capital Trust II is payable quarterly at a variable rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 1.72%.
89
Table of Contents
The following table provides a summary of the securities the Company has issued to Heritage Oaks Capital Trust II as of December 31, 2011:
| | Amount | | Current | | Issue | | Scheduled | | Initial | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Borrowed | | Rate | | Date | | Maturity | | Call Date | | Rate Type | |
Heritage Oaks Capital Trust II | | $ | 8,248 | | 2.30% | | 27-Oct-06 | | Aug-37 | | Nov-11 | | Variable 3-month LIBOR + 1.72% | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
The Company has the right under the indenture to defer interest payments for a period not to exceed twenty consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) provided that no extension period may extend beyond the maturity of the debt securities. If the Company elects to defer interest payments pursuant to terms of the agreements, then the Company may not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to any of the Company’s capital stock, or (ii) make any payment of principal or premium, if any, or interest on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu with or junior in interest to the Debt Securities, other than, among other items, a dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights in the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock. The prohibition on payment of dividends and payments on pari passu or junior debt also applies in the case of an event of default under the agreements.
Starting with the second quarter of 2010, the Company began to defer interest payments on its outstanding junior subordinated debentures in order to comply with the terms of the Written Agreement entered into between the Company and the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. As a result, during the remainder of 2010 and all of 2011 the Company accrued but has not paid approximately $0.3 million of interest on $8.2 million of borrowings associated with Heritage Oaks Capital Trust II. For more information concerning the Written Agreement, please see Note 22. Regulatory Order and Written Agreement, of these consolidated financial statements.
On February 28, 2005, the Federal Reserve Board issued a rule which provides that, notwithstanding the deconsolidation of such trusts, junior subordinated debentures, such as those issued by the Company, may continue to constitute up to 25% of a bank holding company’s Tier I capital, subject to certain limitations which became effective on March 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, the Company was able to include $8.0 million of the net junior subordinated debt in its Tier I Capital for regulatory capital purposes.
Note 10. Income Taxes
The Company is subject to income taxation by both federal and state taxing authorities. Income tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are open to audit by federal and state taxing authorities. The Company does not have any uncertain income tax positions and has not accrued for any interest or penalties as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The following table provides a summary for the current and deferred amounts of the Company’s income tax provision (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:
| | For The Years Ended December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | |
Current: | | | | | | | |
Federal | | $ | (289 | ) | $ | 6,553 | | $ | (2,951 | ) |
State | | 584 | | 2,253 | | (18 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Total current provision / (benefit) | | 295 | | 8,806 | | (2,969 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Deferred: | | | | | | | |
Federal | | 1,507 | | (8,535 | ) | (1,446 | ) |
State | | 26 | | (2,031 | ) | (1,410 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Total deferred provision / (benefit) | | 1,533 | | (10,566 | ) | (2,856 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Total income tax provision / (benefit) | | $ | 1,828 | | $ | (1,760 | ) | $ | (5,825 | ) |
90
Table of Contents
The table below summarizes the Company’s net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
| | December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | |
Deferred tax assets | | | | | |
Reserves for loan losses | | $ | 15,042 | | $ | 18,161 | |
Forgone interest on non-accrual loans | | 650 | | 853 | |
Fixed assets | | 370 | | 227 | |
Accruals | | 713 | | 472 | |
Alternative minimum tax credit | | 2,091 | | 18 | |
Deferred income | | 1,991 | | 2,191 | |
Deferred compensation | | 1,602 | | 1,971 | |
Net operating loss carryforward | | 1,000 | | 958 | |
Investment securities valuation | | - | | 864 | |
Other than temporary impairment | | 49 | | 225 | |
Other real estate owned | | 415 | | 1,582 | |
Realized built-in loss subject to § 382 | | 3,923 | | 4,293 | |
Charitable contribution | | 72 | | 28 | |
| | 27,918 | | 31,843 | |
Valuation allowance | | (5,605 | ) | (7,105 | ) |
| | | | | |
Total deferred tax assets | | 22,313 | | 24,738 | |
| | | | | |
Deferred tax liabilities | | | | | |
Fair value adjustment for purchased assets | | 626 | | 781 | |
Investment securities valuation | | 339 | | - | |
Deferred costs, prepaids and FHLB advances | | 911 | | 857 | |
State deferred tax | | 2,211 | | 1,937 | |
| | | | | |
Total deferred tax liabilities | | 4,087 | | 3,575 | |
| | | | | |
Net deferred tax assets | | $ | 18,226 | | $ | 21,163 | |
Deferred Tax Assets Valuation Allowance
U.S. GAAP requires that companies assess whether a valuation allowance should be established against deferred tax assets based on the consideration of all available evidence using a “more likely than not” standard. In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence, both positive and negative, that can be objectively verified. U.S. GAAP provides that a cumulative loss in recent years is significant negative evidence in considering whether deferred tax assets are realizable, and also limits projections of future taxable income to that which can be estimated over a reasonable amount of time.
The pre-tax losses the Company reported in 2010 and 2009 resulted in a three year cumulative loss position which provided significant negative evidence to support the Company’s position that a portion of its deferred tax assets would not be realized as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.
As a result of this negative evidence, the Company recorded a partial valuation allowance of approximately $7.1 million for its deferred tax assets in 2010 through a charge to income tax expense. The Company’s determination of the valuation allowance for a portion of its deferred tax assets was based on an analysis of cumulative pre-tax losses over a three year horizon, through December 31, 2010, a projection of future taxable income over a period of time the Company believed to be reasonably estimable (“the projection period”), and a detailed analysis to determine the amount of the deferred tax asset expected to be realized over the projection period of five years. The ultimate realization of the Company’s deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences reverse. Given the Company was in a three year cumulative pre-tax loss position as of December 31, 2010, it became less likely the Company would generate enough future taxable income over the projection period in order for all of its deferred tax assets to be realized. During 2011, the Company returned to profitability and was able to meet its earnings projections. Based on the return to profitability in 2011, and projections of profitability for the foreseeable future, combined with an improvement in the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio during 2011 and a reduction in the Company’s overall deferred tax asset position, the Company determined in 2011 that $1.5 million of the deferred tax valuation allowance was no longer needed and reduced the existing $7.1 million valuation allowance by such at December 31, 2011.
91
Table of Contents
The deferred tax assets for which there is no valuation allowance relate to amounts that are expected to be realized through subsequent reversals of existing taxable temporary differences over the projection period. The accounting for deferred taxes is based on an estimate of future results. Differences between anticipated and actual outcomes of these future tax consequences could have an impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position.
The Company has and will continue to perform a quarterly analysis of its deferred tax assets and the valuation allowance established in 2010 for changes affecting realizability of the deferred tax assets and the level of valuation allowance needed.
The following table reconciles the statutory federal income tax expense/(benefit) and rate to the Company’s effective income tax (benefit)/expense and rate for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:
| | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Amount | | Percent | | Amount | | Percent | | Amount | | Percent | |
Tax provision/(benefit) at federal statutory tax rate | | $ | 3,344 | | 35.0 | | $ | (6,762 | ) | (35.0 | ) | $ | (4,377 | ) | (34.0 | ) |
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit | | 650 | | 6.8 | | (1,372 | ) | (7.1 | ) | (942 | ) | (7.3 | ) |
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance | | (1,500 | ) | (15.7 | ) | 7,105 | | 36.8 | | - | | - | |
Bank owned life insurance | | (183 | ) | (1.9 | ) | (182 | ) | (0.9 | ) | (148 | ) | (1.1 | ) |
Tax exempt income, net of interest expense | | (545 | ) | (5.7 | ) | (492 | ) | (2.6 | ) | (383 | ) | (3.0 | ) |
Other, net | | 62 | | 0.6 | | (57 | ) | (0.3 | ) | 25 | | 0.2 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total income tax provision/(benefit) | | $ | 1,828 | | 19.1 | | $ | (1,760 | ) | (9.1 | ) | $ | (5,825 | ) | (45.2 | ) |
As part of the bank acquisitions in 2003 and 2007, the Company has approximately $0.5 million and $1.1 million of net operating losses (“NOL”) available for carry-forward for federal and state tax purposes, respectively, at December 31, 2011. The federal NOL carry-forwards related to acquisitions begin to expire in 2020. The state NOL carry-forwards related to acquisitions expire between 2012 and 2015. Additionally, the Company has approximately $6.2 million in NOL available for carry-forward for state tax purposes related to operating losses the Company incurred during 2009, which expires in 2030. The realization of the NOL is limited for federal tax and state tax purposes under current tax law. Specifically, due to the change in control triggered by the March 2010 capital raise, under I.R.C. Section 382 annual limitations have been placed on the NOL carry-forward deductions. The Company does not, however, believe that these annual limitations will limit the ultimate deductibility of the NOL Carry-forwards. Additionally, California has suspended NOL carry-forward deductions for 2011. The Company also has $1.4 million and $0.7 million in alternative minimum tax credit for federal and state purposes, respectively, that have no expiration date.
Note 11. Commitments and Contingencies
The Company, from time to time is involved in various litigation. In the opinion of Management and the Company’s general counsel, the disposition of all such litigation pending will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
Commitments to Extend Credit
In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into financial commitments to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial commitments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk not recognized in the statement of financial position.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments to guarantee the performance of a Bank customer to a third party. Since many of the commitments and standby letters of credit are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis and the amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank, is based on Management’s credit evaluation of the customer. The Bank’s exposure to loan loss in the event of nonperformance on commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments as is done for loans reflected in the consolidated financial statements.
92
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank had the following outstanding financial commitments whose contractual amount represents credit risk:
| | December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | |
Commitments to extend credit | | $ | 147,043 | | $ | 141,331 | |
Standby letters of credit | | 14,944 | | 16,080 | |
| | | | | |
Total commitments and standby letters of credit | | $ | 161,987 | | $ | 157,411 | |
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are made at both fixed and variable rates of interest. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $39.0 million in fixed rate commitments and $123.0 million in variable rate commitments.
Other Commitments
The following table provides a summary of the future minimum lease payments the Bank is expected to make based upon obligations at December 31, 2011:
| | Due | | Due | | Due | | Due | | Due | | Due More | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2012 | | 2013 | | 2014 | | 2015 | | 2016 | | Than 5 Years | | Total | |
Non-cancelable operating leases | | $ | 1,966 | | $ | 1,664 | | $ | 1,414 | | $ | 1,240 | | $ | 1,042 | | $ | 6,486 | | $ | 13,812 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
The Company has leases that contain options to extend for periods from five to twenty years. Options to extend which have been exercised and the related lease commitments are included in the table above. Total rent expense charged for leases during the reporting periods ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, were approximately $2.5 million, $2.4 million and $2.4 million, respectively.
Note 12. Regulatory Matters
The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2011, the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
To be categorized as well-capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum capital ratios as set forth in the table below. However, on March 4, 2010, the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the FDIC that requires higher levels of Tier I Leverage and Total Risk Based ratios of 10.0% and 11.5%, respectively. See also Note 22. Regulatory Order and Written Agreement, of these consolidated financial statements, for additional information related to the Consent Order. While the Bank is subject to the Consent Order, it will be considered adequately capitalized as long as it maintains these minimum capital ratios.
93
Table of Contents
The following table also sets forth the Company’s and the Bank’s actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
| | | | | | | | | | Capital Needed | |
| | | | | | | | | | To Be Well Capitalized | |
| | | | | | Capital Needed For | | Under Prompt Corrective | |
| | Actual | | Adequacy Purposes | | Action Provisions | |
| | Capital | | | | Capital | | | | Capital | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Amount | | Ratio | | Amount | | Ratio | | Amount | | Ratio | |
As of December 31, 2011 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total capital to risk-weighted assets: | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Company | | $ | 126,091 | | 16.07 | % | $ | 62,753 | | 8.0 | % | N/A | | N/A | |
Heritage Oaks Bank | | $ | 123,517 | | 15.77 | % | $ | 62,641 | | 8.0 | % | $ | 78,301 | | 10.0% | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets: | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Company | | $ | 116,164 | | 14.81 | % | $ | 31,376 | | 4.0 | % | N/A | | N/A | |
Heritage Oaks Bank | | $ | 113,608 | | 14.51 | % | $ | 31,321 | | 4.0 | % | $ | 46,981 | | 6.0% | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Tier I capital to average assets: | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Company | | $ | 116,164 | | 12.06 | % | $ | 38,519 | | 4.0 | % | N/A | | N/A | |
Heritage Oaks Bank | | $ | 113,608 | | 11.85 | % | $ | 38,341 | | 4.0 | % | $ | 47,926 | | 5.0% | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
As of December 31, 2010 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total capital to risk-weighted assets: | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Company | | $ | 114,892 | | 15.21 | % | $ | 60,411 | | 8.0 | % | N/A | | N/A | |
Heritage Oaks Bank | | $ | 111,235 | | 14.75 | % | $ | 60,332 | | 8.0 | % | $ | 75,415 | | 10.0% | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets: | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Company | | $ | 105,258 | | 13.94 | % | $ | 30,205 | | 4.0 | % | N/A | | N/A | |
Heritage Oaks Bank | | $ | 101,613 | | 13.47 | % | $ | 30,166 | | 4.0 | % | $ | 45,249 | | 6.0% | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Tier I capital to average assets: | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Company | | $ | 105,258 | | 10.83 | % | $ | 38,870 | | 4.0 | % | N/A | | N/A | |
Heritage Oaks Bank | | $ | 101,613 | | 10.52 | % | $ | 38,622 | | 4.0 | % | $ | 48,278 | | 5.0% | |
As disclosed in Note 9. Borrowings, of these consolidated financial statements, the proceeds from the issuance of Junior Subordinated Debentures, subject to percentage limitations, are considered Tier I capital by the Company for regulatory reporting purposes. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company included $8.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of the debt securities in its Tier I capital.
Additionally, it should be noted that based on the regulatory definition of Tier I and Total Risk Based capital, the Company and Bank are subject to certain limitations with regard to the amount of the allowance for loan losses that may be included in the calculation of Total Risk Based capital as well as the level of deferred tax assets that may be considered in the calculation of Tier I and Total Risk Based capital calculations. At December 31, 2011, the amount of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses not qualified for inclusion totaled approximately $9.7 million for the Bank and the Company. The amount of the Company’s deferred tax assets not qualified for inclusion totaled approximately $8.5 million for the Bank and $8.2 million for the Company as of December 31, 2011.
Note 13. Salary Continuation Plan
The Company established salary continuation agreements with certain senior and executive officers, as authorized by the Board of Directors. These agreements provide for annual cash payments for a period not to exceed 15 years, payable at age 60-65, depending on the agreement. In the event of death prior to retirement age, annual cash payments would be made to the beneficiaries for a determined number of years. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the present value of the Company’s liability under these agreements was $2.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively, and is included in other liabilities in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, expenses associated with the Company’s salary continuation plans were $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The Company maintains life insurance policies, which are intended to fund all costs associated with the agreements. The cash surrender values of these life insurance policies totaled $14.8 million and $13.8 million, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
94
Table of Contents
Note 14. Employee Benefit Plans
During 1994, the Company established a savings plan for employees that allows participants to make contributions by salary deduction equal to 15 percent or less of their salary pursuant to section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employee contributions are matched up to 25 percent of the employee’s contribution. Employees vest immediately in their own contributions and they vest in the Company’s contribution based on years of service. In the latter part of 2011, the Plan was amended to change the Company’s matching contribution to equal 30 percent of the first 5 percent of employee contribution. These amendments become effective in the first quarter of 2012. Expenses the Company incurred associated with the plan were $0.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.
The Company sponsors an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) that covers all employees who have completed 12 consecutive months of service, are over 21 years of age and work a minimum of 1,000 hours per year. The amount of the Company’s annual contribution to the ESOP is at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The Company made no contributions to the plan during 2011, 2010 and 2009.
As of December 31, 2011, the Plan held 188,370 shares of the Company’s common stock with an aggregate market value of $0.7 million.
Note 15. Share-Based Compensation Plans
At December 31, 2011, the Company had share-based compensation awards outstanding under two share-based compensation plans, which are described below:
The “2005 Equity Based Compensation Plan”
The 2005 Equity Based Compensation Plan (the “2005 Plan”) authorizes the granting of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Share Cash Only Awards. All outstanding options were granted at prices equal to the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the day of the grant. The 2005 Plan provides for a maximum of ten percent (10%) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock as of March 25, 2005 and adjusted on each anniversary thereafter to be ten percent (10%) of the then issued and outstanding number of shares.
All outstanding options are granted at prices equal to the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the day of the grant. Options granted vest at a rate of 33.3% per year for three years, and expire no later than ten years from the grant date. In the event of a change in control in which the Company is not the surviving entity, all awards granted under the 2005 Plan shall immediately vest and or become immediately exercisable, except as otherwise determined at the time of grant of the award and specified in the award agreement or unless the survivor corporation, or the purchaser of assets of the Company agrees to assume the obligations of the Company with respect to all outstanding awards or to substitute such awards with equivalent awards with respect to the common stock of the successor.
The “1997 Stock Option Plan”
The 1997 Stock Option Plan is a tandem stock option plan permitting options to be granted either as “Incentive Stock Options” or as “Non-Qualified Stock Options” under the Internal Revenue Code. All outstanding options were granted at prices equal to the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the day of the grant. Options granted vest at a rate of 20% per year for five years, and expire no later than ten years from the grant date. However, on May 26, 2005, the stockholders of the Company approved the 2005 Plan, discussed in the preceding paragraph, which stipulates no further grants will be made from the 1997 Stock Option Plan.
Restricted Stock Awards
The Company grants restricted stock periodically as a part of the 2005 Plan for the benefit of employees. Restricted shares issued typically “cliff” vest in a period of three to five years.
95
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes activity with respect to restricted share-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:
| | | | Average Grant | |
| | Shares | | Date Fair Value | |
Balance January 1, 2009 | | 63,761 | | $ | 17.93 | |
Forfeited/expired | | (5,247 | ) | 17.69 | |
| | | | | |
Balance December 31, 2009 | | 58,514 | | $ | 17.96 | |
Granted | | 26,565 | | 3.10 | |
Forfeited/expired | | (7,428 | ) | 18.24 | |
| | | | | |
Balance December 31, 2010 | | 77,651 | | $ | 12.85 | |
Granted | | 63,898 | | 3.13 | |
Vested | | (49,511 | ) | 18.05 | |
Forfeited/expired | | (525 | ) | 15.94 | |
| | | | | |
Balance December 31, 2011 | | 91,513 | | $ | 3.23 | |
Compensation costs related to restricted stock awards are charged to earnings (included in salaries and employee benefits) over the vesting period of those awards. The total income tax benefit recognized related to restricted stock compensation was less than $0.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. No restricted shares vested during 2010 and 2009. At December 31, 2011, there was a total of $0.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.4 years.
Stock Options
The following table provides a summary of information related to the Company’s stock option awards for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | Weighted | | | | Options | | Weighted Average | |
| | | | Average | | Options | | Available for | | Fair Value | |
| | Shares | | Exercise Price | | Exercisable | | Grant | | Options Granted | |
Balance at January 1, 2009 | | 408,830 | | $ | 9.34 | | 331,742 | | 516,294 | | $ | 4.64 | |
Granted | | 58,590 | | 5.31 | | | | | | | |
Forfeited | | (2,561 | ) | 3.73 | | | | | | | |
Exercised | | (24,121 | ) | 3.73 | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance at December 31, 2009 | | 440,738 | | $ | 9.15 | | 346,333 | | 462,584 | | $ | 4.57 | |
Granted | | 328,423 | | 3.11 | | | | | | | |
Forfeited | | (17,364 | ) | 10.28 | | | | | | | |
Exercised | | (11,260 | ) | 3.73 | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance at December 31, 2010 | | 740,537 | | $ | 6.53 | | 360,671 | | 110,742 | | $ | 3.24 | |
Granted | | 55,484 | | 3.67 | | | | | | | |
Forfeited | | (59,539 | ) | 8.92 | | | | | | | |
Exercised | | - | | 0.00 | | | | | | | |
Expired | | (100,076 | ) | 12.15 | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance at December 31, 2011 | | 636,406 | | $ | 5.40 | | 351,740 | | 1,826,516 | | $ | 2.82 | |
The increase in the available grant pool as of December 31, 2011, was due to the increase in outstanding shares as of March 25, 2011. As previously noted, the number of options available to grant is adjusted once a year based on 10% of the actual common shares outstanding on March 25 each year.
The following table provides information related to options that have vested or are expected to vest and exercisable options as of December 31, 2011:
| | | | | | Weighted Average | | | |
| | | | Weighted | | Remaining | | Aggregate | |
| | | | Average | | Contractual Life | | Intrinsic | |
| | Shares | | Exercise Price | | (Years) | | Value | |
Vested or expected to vest | | 636,406 | | $ | 5.40 | | 6.67 | | $ | 136,718 | |
Exerciseable at December 31, 2011 | | 351,740 | | $ | 7.05 | | 5.03 | | $ | 45,508 | |
The total intrinsic value (the amount by which the stock price exceeded the exercise price on the date of exercise) of options exercised in all plans during the three years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $0, $0 and $39 thousand, respectively.
96
Table of Contents
The tax benefit related to the exercise of stock options and disqualifying dispositions on the exercise of incentive stock options were not material in 2011, 2010 or 2009.
Share-Based Compensation Expense
The following table provides a summary of the expense the Company recognized related to share-based compensation awards. The table below also shows the remaining expense associated with those awards as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:
| | | For The Years Ended December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | |
Share-based compensation expense: | | | | | | | |
Stock option expense | | $ | 241 | | $ | 218 | | $ | 177 | |
Restricted stock expense | | 58 | | 86 | | 162 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total expense | | $ | 299 | | $ | 304 | | $ | 339 | |
Unrecognized compensation expense: | | | | | | | |
Stock option expense | | $ | 365 | | $ | 519 | | $ | 247 | |
Restricted stock expense | | 232 | | 100 | | 239 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total unrecognized expense | | $ | 597 | | $ | 619 | | $ | 486 | |
As of December 31, 2011, there was a total of $0.4 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.1 years.
The following table presents the assumptions used in the calculation of the weighted average fair value of options granted at various dates during 2011, 2010 and 2009 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model:
| | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | |
Expected volatility | | 50.73% | | 43.75% | | 36.57% | |
Expected term (years) | | 7 | | 7 | | 10 | |
Dividend yield | | 0.00% | | 0.00% | | 0.00% | |
Risk free rate | | 2.74% | | 2.04% | | 3.18% | |
| | | | | | | |
Weighted-average grant date fair value | | $ | 2.00 | | $ | 1.48 | | $ | 2.78 | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
The table above presents the assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The Black-Scholes model incorporates a range of assumptions for inputs that are disclosed in the table above. Expected volatilities are based on the daily historical stock price over the expected life of the option. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the model and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. Dividend yields are estimated based on the dividend yield on the Company’s common stock at the time of grant. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the stock option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The Company recognizes share-based compensation costs on a straight line basis over the vesting period of the award, which is typically a period of 3-5 years. The Company estimates forfeiture rates based on historical employee option exercise and termination experience.
Estimates of fair value derived from the Company’s use of the Black-Scholes pricing model are theoretical values for stock options and changes in the assumptions used in the models could result in different fair value estimates. The actual value of the stock options granted will depend on the market value of the Company’s common stock when the options are exercised.
97
Table of Contents
Note 16. Related Party Transactions
The Bank has entered into loan and deposit transactions with certain directors and executive officers of the Bank and the Company. These loans were made and deposits were taken in the ordinary course of business.
The following table sets forth loans made to directors and executive officers of the Company as of December 31, 2011:
| | For The Year | |
| | | Ended December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | | 2011 | |
Outstanding balance, beginning of year | | | $ | 24,926 | |
Additional loans made | | | 12,181 | |
Repayments | | | (13,787 | ) |
| | | | |
Outstanding balance, end of year | | | $ | 23,320 | |
Deposits from related parties held by the Bank at December 31, 2011 and 2010 amounted to $6.3 million and $6.9 million, respectively.
In addition to the loan and deposit relationships noted above, the Company paid firms affiliated with certain of its directors for facility rent, legal consultation fees related to collection matters and fuel for Company owned vehicles totaling $221 thousand, $8 thousand and $4 thousand, respectively, in 2011.
Note 17. Restriction on Transfers of Funds to Parent
There are legal limitations on the ability of the Bank to provide funds to the Company. Dividends declared by the Bank may not exceed, in any calendar year, without approval of the California Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”), the lesser of the Bank’s respective net income for the year and the retained net income for the preceding two years or cumulative retained earnings. Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act restricts the Bank from extending credit to the Company and other affiliates amounting to more than 20 percent of its contributed capital and retained earnings.
Additionally, as disclosed in Note 22. Regulatory Order and Written Agreement, of these consolidated financial statements, the Bank and Company are currently operating, respectively, under a Consent Order by the FDIC and DFI as well as a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. The Consent Order and Written Agreement contain provisions that prohibit the Bank from paying any dividends or other forms of payment that may represent a reduction in the Bank’s equity to the Holding Company.
Note 18. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities
The Company determines the fair market values of certain financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in U.S. GAAP. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the asset or obligation could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than a forced or liquidation sale. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the entire holdings or a particular financial instrument. Pursuant to U.S. GAAP, the Company is required to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Specifically, U.S. GAAP describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value, as outlined below:
Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 assets and liabilities may include debt and equity securities that are traded in an active exchange market and that are highly liquid and are actively traded in over the counter markets.
Level 2 - Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.
98
Table of Contents
Fair Value Measurements
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair values of financial instruments. Many of these estimates are subjective in nature, involve uncertainties and matters of judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect these estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents approximate the fair values of those assets due to the short-term nature of the assets.
Interest Bearing Deposits at Other Financial Institutions
The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for interest bearing deposits at other financial institutions approximates the fair value of these assets due to the short-term nature of the assets.
Investments Including Federal Home Loan Bank Stock and Mortgage-Backed Securities
Fair values are based upon quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are extrapolated from the quoted prices of similar instruments or through the use of other observable data supporting a valuation model. Fair values for holdings of Federal Home Loan Bank stock is based on carrying amounts due to redemption provisions.
Loans, Loans Held for Sale, and Accrued Interest Receivable
For variable-rate loans that re-price frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying amounts. The fair values for other loans (for example, fixed rate loans and loans that possess a rate variable other than daily) are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Loan fair value estimates include judgments regarding future expected loss experience and risk characteristics.
The fair value of loans held for sale is determined, when possible, using quoted secondary market prices. If no such quoted price exists, the fair value of the loan is determined using quoted prices for a similar asset or assets, adjusted for the specific attributes of that loan. The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value.
Impaired Loans
A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impairment is measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral or the discounted expected future cash flows. The Company measures impairment on all non-accrual loans for which it has established specific reserves as part of the specific credit allocation component of the allowance for loan losses. As such, the Company records impaired loans as non-recurring Level 2 when the fair value of the underlying collateral is based on an observable market price or current appraised value. When current market prices are not available or, due to the age of the appraisal, the Company determines that the fair value of the underlying collateral is further impaired below appraised values, the Company records impaired loans as non-recurring Level 3. At December 31, 2011, a significant majority of the Company’s impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of their underlying collateral as determined by the most recent appraisal available to Management.
Other Real Estate Owned and Foreclosed Collateral
Other real estate owned and foreclosed collateral are adjusted to fair value, less any estimated costs to sell, at the time the loans are transferred into this category. The fair value of these assets is based on independent appraisals, observable market prices for similar assets, or Management’s estimation of value. When the fair value is based on independent appraisals or observable market prices for similar assets, the Company records other real estate owned or foreclosed collateral as non-recurring Level 2 assets. When appraised values are not available, there is no observable market price for similar assets, or Management determines the fair value of the asset is further impaired below appraised values or observable market prices, the Company records other real estate owned or foreclosed collateral as non-recurring Level 3 assets.
99
Table of Contents
Bank Owned Life Insurance
Fair values are based on current cash surrender values at each reporting date provided by the underlying insurers.
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances
The fair value disclosed for FHLB advances is determined by discounting contractual cash flows at current market interest rates for similar instruments.
Non-Interest Bearing Deposits
The fair values disclosed for non-interest bearing deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts).
Interest Bearing Deposits and Accrued Interest Payable
The fair values disclosed for interest bearing deposits (for example, interest-bearing checking accounts and passbook accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts). The fair values for certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated contractual maturities on such time deposits. The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.
Junior Subordinated Debentures
The fair value disclosed for junior subordinated debentures is based on market prices of similar instruments issued with similar contractual terms and by issuers with a similar credit profile as the Company.
Off-Balance Sheet Instruments
Fair values of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are based upon fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreement and the counterparties’ credit standing.
The following table provides a summary of the financial instruments the Company measures at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
| | | Fair Value Measurements Using | | | |
| | Quoted Prices in | | Significant Other | | Significant | | | |
| | Active Markets for | | Observable | | Unobservable | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Identical Assets | | Inputs | | Inputs | | Assets At | |
As of December 31, 2011 | | (Level 1) | | (Level 2) | | (Level 3) | | Fair Value | |
Assets | | | | | | | | | |
Obligations of U.S. government agencies | | $ | - | | $ | 4,326 | | $ | - | | $ | 4,326 | |
Mortgage backed securities: | | | | | | | | | |
Agency | | - | | 117,325 | | - | | 117,325 | |
Non-agency | | - | | 31,458 | | 3,074 | | 34,532 | |
Obligations of state and muncipal securities | | - | | 51,664 | | 259 | | 51,923 | |
Corportate debt securities | | | | 26,856 | | - | | 26,856 | |
Other securities | | - | | 2,020 | | - | | 2,020 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total assets measured on a recurring basis | | $ | - | | $ | 233,649 | | $ | 3,333 | | $ | 236,982 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
As of December 31, 2010 | | | | | | | | | |
Assets | | | | | | | | | |
Obligations of U.S. government agencies | | $ | - | | $ | 6,436 | | $ | - | | $ | 6,436 | |
Mortgage backed securities: | | | | | | | | | |
Agency | | - | | 160,617 | �� | - | | 160,617 | |
Non-agency | | - | | 9,059 | | - | | 9,059 | |
Obligations of state and muncipal securities | | - | | 47,462 | | 283 | | 47,745 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total assets measured on a recurring basis | | $ | - | | $ | 223,574 | | $ | 283 | | $ | 223,857 | |
100
Table of Contents
The following table provides a summary of the changes in balance sheet carrying values associated with Level 3 financial instruments during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:
| | | | | | Purchases, | | | | | |
| | Beginning | | Gain / (Loss) | | Issuances, and | | Sales and | | Ending | |
(dollars in thousands) | | Balance | | Included in OCI (1) | | Settlements | | Maturities | | Balance | |
December 31, 2011 | | | | | | | | | | | |
Obligations of state and muncipal securities | | $ | 283 | | $ | (24 | ) | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | 259 | |
Non-agency mortgage backed securities | | $ | - | | $ | 29 | | $ | 3,045 | | $ | - | | $ | 3,074 | |
December 31, 2010 | | | | | | | | | | | |
Obligations of state and muncipal securities | | $ | 737 | | $ | (10 | ) | $ | - | | $ | (444 | ) | $ | 283 | |
(1) Realized or unrealized gains from the changes in values of Level 3 financial instruments represent gains from changes in values of financial instruments only for the period(s) in which the instruments were classified as Level 3.
The assets presented under level 3 of the fair value hierarchy represent available for sale investment securities in the form of certificates of participation where an active market for such securities is not currently available.
The following table provides a summary of the financial instruments the Company measures at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
| | Fair Value Measurements Using | | | | | |
| | Quoted Prices in | | Significant Other | | Significant | | | | | |
| | Active Markets for | | Observable | | Unobservable | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Identical Assets | | Inputs | | Inputs | | Assets At | | Total | |
As of December 31, 2011 | | (Level 1) | | (Level 2) | | (Level 3) | | Fair Value | | Gains/(Losses) | |
Assets | | | | | | | | | | | |
Impaired loans | | | | | | | | | | | |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | $ | - | | $ | - | | $ | 95 | | $ | 95 | | $ | 126 | |
Home equity lines of credit | | - | | 7 | | - | | 7 | | 82 | |
Commercial real estate | | - | | - | | 3,813 | | 3,813 | | 458 | |
Commercial and industrial | | - | | 511 | | - | | 511 | | 113 | |
Agriculture | | - | | 668 | | 1,250 | | 1,918 | | 117 | |
Land | | - | | 56 | | 615 | | 671 | | 113 | |
Installment loans to individuals | | - | | 58 | | - | | 58 | | - | |
Loans held for sale | | - | | 21,947 | | - | | 21,947 | | - | |
Foreclosed assets | | - | | 959 | | - | | 959 | | - | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total assets measured on a non-recurring basis | | $ | - | | $ | 24,206 | | $ | 5,773 | | $ | 29,979 | | $ | 1,009 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
As of December 31, 2010 | | | | | | | | | | | |
Assets | | | | | | | | | | | |
Impaired loans | | | | | | | | | | | |
Residential 1 to 4 family | | $ | - | | $ | 748 | | $ | - | | $ | 748 | | $ | (48 | ) |
Home equity lines of credit | | - | | 1,019 | | - | | 1,019 | | - | |
Commercial real estate | | - | | 17,237 | | - | | 17,237 | | (1,556 | ) |
Farmland | | | | 2,626 | | - | | 2,626 | | - | |
Commercial and industrial | | - | | 5,397 | | - | | 5,397 | | (161 | ) |
Agriculture | | - | | 246 | | - | | 246 | | (117 | ) |
Construction | | | | 2,564 | | - | | 2,564 | | (417 | ) |
Land | | - | | 3,136 | | - | | 3,136 | | (304 | ) |
Installment loans to individuals | | | | 370 | | - | | 370 | | (88 | ) |
Loans held for sale | | - | | 11,008 | | - | | 11,008 | | - | |
Other real estate owned | | - | | 6,668 | | - | | 6,668 | | (3,447 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total assets measured on a non-recurring basis | | $ | - | | $ | 51,019 | | $ | - | | $ | 51,019 | | $ | (6,138 | ) |
101
Table of Contents
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The estimated fair value of financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is summarized in the table below:
| | 2011 | | 2010 | |
| | Carrying | | | | Carrying | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Amount | | Fair Value | | Amount | | Fair Value | |
Assets | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | | $ | 34,892 | | $ | 34,892 | | $ | 22,951 | | $ | 22,951 | |
Interest-bearing deposits | | - | | - | | 119 | | 119 | |
Investments and mortgage-backed securities | | 236,982 | | 236,982 | | 224,966 | | 224,966 | |
Federal Home Loan Bank stock | | 4,685 | | 4,685 | | 5,180 | | 5,180 | |
Loans receivable, net of deferred fees and costs | | 645,175 | | 646,791 | | 675,690 | | 678,916 | |
Loans held for sale | | 21,947 | | 21,947 | | 11,008 | | 11,008 | |
Accrued interest receivable | | 3,854 | | 3,854 | | 3,986 | | 3,986 | |
Liabilities | | | | | | | | | |
Non interest-bearing deposits | | 217,245 | | 217,245 | | 182,658 | | 182,658 | |
Interest-bearing deposits | | 568,963 | | 569,988 | | 615,548 | | 617,296 | |
Federal Home Loan Bank advances | | 51,500 | | 52,110 | | 45,000 | | 45,025 | |
Junior subordinated debentures | | 8,248 | | 4,096 | | 8,248 | | 7,713 | |
Accrued interest payable | | 455 | | 455 | | 423 | | 423 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
The Company has financial instruments with off balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit of:
| | 2011 | | 2010 | |
| | Notional | | Cost to Cede | | Notional | | Cost to Cede | |
| | Amount | | or Assume | | Amount | | or Assume | |
Off-balance sheet instruments, commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit | | $ | 161,987 | | $ | 1,620 | | $ | 157,411 | | $ | 1,574 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Note 19. Earnings / (Loss) Per Share
The following is a reconciliation of net income and shares outstanding to the income and number of shares used to compute earnings per share. See the accounting policy related to the calculation of earnings per share in Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of these consolidated financial statements for a detailed description of the calculation of earnings/(loss) per share. The following table presents the calculation of primary and diluted earnings per share:
| | | For The Years Ended December 31, | |
| | | 2011 | | | 2010 | | | 2009 | |
| | Net | | | | Net | | | | Net | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands except per share data) | | Income | | Shares | | Loss | | Shares | | Loss | | Shares | |
Net income / (loss) | | | $ | 7,725 | | | | | $ | (17,560) | | | | | $ | (7,049) | | | |
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock | | | (1,358) | | | | | (5,008) | | | | | (964) | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net income / (loss) available to common shareholders | | | $ | 6,367 | | | | | $ | (22,568) | | | | | $ | (8,013) | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Weighted average shares outstanding | | | | | 25,048,477 | | | | | 17,312,306 | | | | | 7,697,234 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Basic earnings / (loss) per common share | | | $ | 0.25 | | | | | $ | (1.30) | | | | | $ | (1.04) | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Dilutive effect of share-based compensation awards, common stock warrants, and convertible perpetual preferred stock | | | | | 1,206,268 | | | | | - | | | | | - | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding | | | | | 26,254,745 | | | | | 17,312,306 | | | | | 7,697,234 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Diluted earnings / (loss) per common share | | | $ | 0.24 | | | | | $ | (1.30) | | | | | $ | (1.04) | | | |
102
Table of Contents
As a result of the losses reported in 2010 and 2009, any potential dilution associated with share-based compensation awards, the warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury, and the Series C Perpetual Preferred Stock were not included in the calculation of diluted loss per common share for those years. The diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 exclude the impact of approximately 612,000 shares potentially issuable under the warrant issued as part of the Preferred Share issuance (see Note 21), per share, as their impact would be anti-dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, common stock equivalents, primarily options, totaling approximately 580,000 shares, 585,000 and 425,000 shares, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings/(loss) per share, as their impact would be anti-dilutive.
Note 20. Cash Dividends, Stock Dividends and Stock Splits
The Company paid no cash or stock dividends on its common stock during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. See Note 22. Regulatory Order and Written Agreement, of these consolidated financial statements for additional information on limitations on dividends as a result of the Order and Written Agreement.
Note 21. Preferred Stock
Under its Amended Articles of Incorporation, the Company is authorized to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, in one or more series, having such voting powers, designations, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions as determined by the Board of Directors.
U.S Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”)
On March 20, 2009, the Company issued 21,000 shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury under the terms of the CPP for $21.0 million with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The preferred stock carries a coupon of 5% for five years and 9% thereafter. Senior preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is non-voting, cumulative, and perpetual and may be redeemed at 100% of their liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends following three years from the date of issue. In addition, the Company issued a warrant to the U.S. Treasury to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock in an amount equal to 15% of the preferred equity issuance or approximately $3.2 million (611,650 shares). The warrant is exercisable immediately at a price of $5.15 per share, will expire after a period of 10 years from issuance and is transferable by the U.S. Treasury. The warrant may be dilutive to earnings per common share during reporting periods in which the warrant is not anti-dilutive.
The U.S. Treasury may transfer a portion or portions of the warrant, and/or exercise the warrant at any time. The U.S. Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any common shares issued to it upon exercise of the warrant. At December 31, 2011, there had been no changes to the number of common shares covered by the warrant nor had the U.S. Treasury exercised any portion of the warrant.
The proceeds received from the U.S. Treasury were allocated to the Series A Senior Preferred Stock and the warrant based on their relative fair values. The fair value of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock was determined through a discounted future cash flow model at a discount rate of 10%. The fair value of the warrant was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which includes assumptions regarding the Company’s dividend yield, stock price volatility, and the risk-free interest rate. As a result the Company recorded the Series A Senior Preferred Stock and the warrant at $19.2 million and $1.8 million, respectively. The Company is accreting the discount on the Series A Senior Preferred Stock over a period of five years with corresponding charges to retained earnings.
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 accrued and paid dividends and accretion on the Series A Senior Preferred Stock totaled $1.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively. Beginning in the second quarter of 2010 and throughout 2011, the Company was required to defer dividend payments on its Series A Senior Preferred Stock to comply with the terms of the Written Agreement entered into between the Company and the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. If the Company fails to pay dividends on Series A Senior Preferred Stock for a total of six quarters, whether or not consecutive, the U.S. Treasury will have the right to appoint two members of the Company’s Board of Directors, voting together with any other holders of preferred shares ranking pari passu with the Series A Senior Preferred Stock. These directors would serve on the Company’s Board of Directors until such time as the Company has paid in full all dividends not previously paid, at which time these directors’ terms of office would immediately terminate. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had not paid dividends on Series A Preferred Stock for seven consecutive quarters. During the latter half of 2011, the Treasury placed an observer on the Board of Directors but it had not exercised its right to appoint two directors to serve on the Board of Directors.
103
Table of Contents
Additionally, the Company is subject to certain limitations during its participation in the CPP including:
· The requirement to obtain consent from the U.S. Treasury for any proposed increases in common stock dividends prior to the third anniversary date of the preferred equity issuance.
· The Series A Senior Preferred Stock cannot be redeemed for three years unless the Company obtains proceeds to replace the Series A Senior Preferred Stock through a qualified equity offering.
· The U.S. Treasury must consent to any buy back of our common stock.
The Company must adhere to restrictions placed on the amount of and type of compensation paid to its executives while participating in the CPP, pursuant to section 111 of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended (“EESA”).
For more information concerning the Written Agreement, please refer to Note 22. Regulatory Order and Written Agreement, of these consolidated financial statements.
Private Placement and Preferred Stock Conversion
On March 12, 2010 the Company announced that it completed a private placement of 52,088 shares of its Series B Mandatorily Convertible Adjustable Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) and 1,189,538 shares of its Series C Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”), raising gross proceeds of $56.0 million. In addition, $4.0 million was placed in escrow for a second closing of 4,072 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, which then closed during the second quarter of 2010. Total gross proceeds raised in the private placement were $60.0 million and total costs associated with the capital raising efforts were $4.0 million, which represent a reduction of the addition to equity from the private placement.
In June 2010, the Company received shareholder approval to convert all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock to common stock and as a result the Company issued 17,279,995 shares of common stock in June 2010.
The Series B Preferred Stock was mandatorily convertible into common stock, upon the approval by shareholders of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $3.25 per common share. As indicated above, shareholder approval occurred during the second quarter of 2010. The conversion price of $3.25 per common share was less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on March 10, 2010, (the “commitment date”) the date the Company made a firm commitment to issue the Series B Preferred Stock. The fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the commitment date was $3.45 per share. Therefore, the Series B Preferred Stock was issued with a contingent beneficial conversion feature that had an intrinsic value equal to the $0.20 per share difference between the share price on the commitment date and the conversion price of the Series B Preferred Stock. The intrinsic value of the beneficial conversion feature related to the entire Series B Preferred Stock issuance was $3.5 million. The recognition of the beneficial conversion feature was contingent upon the approval of the Company’s shareholders of the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock to common stock and thus was recognized in June 2010 when such approval was received at the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders.
Upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock the related beneficial conversion feature was recorded in conjunction with the establishment of a discount on the Series B Preferred Stock and a corresponding increase in additional paid in capital. The immediate accretion of the entire Series B Preferred Stock discount occurred through a charge to retained earnings in June 2010, when the Company converted the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock to common stock.
Series C Preferred Stock is a non-voting class of stock substantially similar in priority to the common stock of the Company, except for a liquidation preference over the Company’s common stock. The Series C Preferred Stock will convert to shares of common stock on a one share for one share basis if the original holder of such shares transfers them to an unaffiliated third party. The Series C Preferred Stock will not be redeemable by either the Company or by the holders. Holders of the Series C Preferred Stock do not have any voting rights, including the right to elect any directors, other than the customary limited voting rights with respect to matters significantly and adversely affecting the rights and privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock.
As is the case with the Series B Preferred Stock, the fair market value of the Company’s common stock was higher than the conversion price of $3.25 per share of the Series C Preferred Stock on the date the Company made a firm commitment to issue the Series C Preferred Stock. Therefore, the Series C Preferred Stock also has a contingent beneficial conversion feature associated with it. However, since the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock remains contingent upon the holder’s transfer of the securities to an unaffiliated third party with no specified date for its conversion to common stock, the Company will record the contingent beneficial conversion feature as an initial discount on Series C Preferred Stock and additional paid in capital, with a concurrent immediate accretion of the established discount and corresponding charge to retained earnings on the date the Series C Preferred Stock converts to common stock. The amount of the contingent beneficial conversion feature is approximately $0.2 million and will be recorded as described upon the original holder’s transfer of Series C Preferred Stock to an unaffiliated third party. Such transfer has not occurred as of December 31, 2011.
104
Table of Contents
It should be noted that two investors in the Company’s March 2010 private placement have Board observation rights, while one of the two investors also has Board nomination rights.
Note 22. Regulatory Order and Written Agreement
On March 4, 2010, the FDIC and the DFI issued a Consent Order (the “Order”) to the Bank that requires, among other things, the Bank to increase its capital ratios, reduce its classified assets and increase Board oversight of Management. The Board and Management responded aggressively to the Order to ensure full compliance within all of the stipulated time frames. Management will continue to take all actions necessary to maintain compliance with all provisions within the Order. Such actions included the completion of the capital raise previously discussed, which brought the Bank into compliance with the capital requirements of the Order. Additionally and as previously discussed, a Written Agreement was entered into between the Company and the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco on March 4, 2010. While the Company and Bank believe they are in substantial compliance with the Written Agreement and Consent Order, respectively, compliance ultimately is determined by the Company’s and Bank’s regulators based on periodic reports on compliance submitted by the Company and Bank and through periodic examination by our regulators.
The following provides a summary of certain provisions in the Consent Order as well as the Written Agreement.
Consent Order
The Bank’s stipulation to the issuance by the joint FDIC and DFI Order resulted from certain findings in a report of examination resulting from an examination of the Bank conducted in September 2009. In entering into the stipulation to entry of the Order, the Bank did not concede the findings or admit to any of the assertions in the report of examination (“ROE”).
Under the Order, the Bank is required to take certain measures. The Bank has taken several steps to comply with the Order, most importantly completing a capital raise as previously discussed. As mentioned, Management and the Board aggressively responded to the Order and believes they have achieved substantial compliance within the time frames set forth in the Order, and will continue to take all steps necessary to maintain such compliance. However, compliance will ultimately be determined by the regulators as part of their review process. The Company’s regulators completed their most recent annual regulatory risk examination in January 2012. The final Report of Examination has not yet been published, and therefore the degree of actual compliance with the Order, per the regulators’ point of view, is still unknown. The key measures of the Order and Management’s assessment of the Company’s compliance follows:
· Among the corrective actions required are for the Bank to develop and adopt a plan to maintain the minimum capital requirements for a “well-capitalized” bank, and to reach and maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 10% and a total risked based capital ratio of 11.5% at the Bank level beginning 90 days from the issuance of the Order. At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.85% and its total risk based capital ratio was 15.77%.
· Pursuant to the Order, the Bank must retain qualified management, must notify the FDIC and the DFI in writing when it proposes to add any individual to its Board of Directors or to employ any new senior executive officer, and must conduct an independent study of management and personnel structure of the Bank. A consultant was retained to complete the required management study, and the Bank believes it complied with the Order’s timelines for completion of such study and implementation by the Board of a plan to address the findings of such study. As part of the capital raise, the Company and the Bank obtained regulatory approval to add as a director of both the Bank and Company, one of the principals of the investor in the transaction that acquired approximately 14.4% of the outstanding voting shares of the Company. The addition of a director to the Company’s Board of Directors required an amendment to the Company’s bylaws to increase the range of the size of the board. Such an amendment was approved by the shareholders at the Company’s 2010 annual meeting of shareholders. In addition, the Company has obtained regulatory approval for all senior executive officer’s hired since the Order was issued.
105
Table of Contents
· Under the Order the Bank’s Board of Directors must also increase its participation in the affairs of the Bank, assuming full responsibility for the approval of sound policies and objectives and for the supervision of all the Bank’s activities. The Board of Directors took immediate steps to reevaluate such oversight and enhance where appropriate, the frequency and duration and the scope and depth of matters covered at its Board meetings in response to the current economic environment and concerns raised in the ROE.
· In direct response to the ROE, a new joint regulatory compliance committee was formed at both the Bank and Company levels to oversee the Bank’s and Company’s response to all regulatory matters, including the Order and the Written Agreement, discussed below. Detailed tracking of the Order’s requirements, and the Bank’s progress in responding thereto, is reviewed and reported at all such committee meetings, with regular reports then being provided by the committee to the full Board. Further, and prior to the issuance of the Order, the Board directed its Chairman, Michael Morris, to significantly increase his direct oversight of Management and involvement in Bank and Company affairs to ensure an appropriate response at both the Bank and Company to the concerns raised in the 2009 examination of the Bank, which resulted in the ROE, Order and Written Agreement.
· The Order further required the Bank to increase its Allowance for Loan Losses (“ALLL”), as of the date of the ROE, by $3.5 million and to review and revise its ALLL methodology. The Bank immediately increased the ALLL as required and revised its policy for determining the adequacy of the ALLL to include an assessment of market conditions and other qualitative factors. The Bank’s policy otherwise continues to provide for a comprehensive determination of the adequacy of its ALLL, which is reviewed at least once each calendar quarter. The results of this review are reported to senior management and the Board, and any adjustments to the allowance must be recorded in the calendar quarter it is discovered, with an offsetting adjustment to current operating earnings. Since the third quarter of 2009, the Company has recorded an additional $53.9 million of provisions and ended 2011 with $19.3 million in the ALLL allowance, which represents 2.99% of gross receivables and 174% of non-performing loans.
· With respect to classified assets which existed as of the date of the ROE, the Order also requires the Bank to charge-off or collect all assets classified as “Loss” and one-half of the assets classified as “Doubtful,” and within 180 days of the Order, to reduce its level of assets classified as “Substandard” as of the date of the ROE to no more than the greater of $50.0 million or 50% of Tier 1 capital plus the ALLL. As of December 31, 2009, the Bank met the requirement to charge-off or collect all assets classified as “Loss” and one-half of the assets classified as “Doubtful” as of the date of the ROE. The Bank complied with the requirement of the ROE in this regard and reduced the specific group of classified assets identified in the ROE to less than $50 million or 50% of Tier 1 capital plus ALLL well before the 180 day deadline. As of December 31, 2011, total classified assets remaining from the specific pool identified in the 2009 ROE was $7.7 million or 5.8% of Tier 1 capital plus ALLL. Although the total level of classified assets as of December 31, 2010 remained elevated, due to the continued migration of loans to classified status during 2010, the Bank was able to reduce the level of classified assets significantly in 2011, through a combination of sales of troubled loans, charge-offs and recoveries, customer work outs and improvements in customer credit quality. Total classified assets at December 31, 2011 were $60.0 million or 44.3% of Tier 1 capital plus ALLL.
· The Order requires that the Bank develop or revise, adopt and implement a plan, which must be approved by the FDIC and DFI, to reduce the amount of Commercial Real Estate loans extended, particularly focusing on reducing loans for construction and land development. In addition, the Bank was required to develop a plan for reducing the number of pass graded loans designated as “watch list” credits to an acceptable level, and develop or revise its written lending and collection policies to provide more effective guidance and control over the Bank’s lending function. The Bank has accomplished all of these requirements.
· The Order restricts the Bank from taking certain actions without the prior written consent of the FDIC and the DFI, including paying cash dividends, and from extending additional credit to certain types of borrowers. The Bank has not paid cash dividends since the first quarter of 2008. In addition, the Bank has put processes and controls in place to ensure extensions of credit, directly or indirectly, are not granted to those who are related to borrowers of loans charged-off or classified as “Loss”, “Substandard” or “Doubtful” in the ROE. The Bank has also acknowledged that neither the loan committee nor the Board of Directors will approve any extension to a borrower classified “Substandard” or “Doubtful” in the ROE without first collecting all past due interest in cash.
106
Table of Contents
· The Order further requires the Bank to develop or revise, adopt and implement a revised liquidity policy, and to adopt a contingency funding plan to adequately address contingency funding sources and appropriately reduce contingency funding reliance on off-balance sheet sources. The Bank has since revised its current liquidity policy and has developed a contingency funding plan.
· The Order also requires that the Bank prepare and submit a revised business plan, that is to include a comprehensive budget, and a 3 year strategic plan, and to further revise its investment policy. The Bank has since prepared a comprehensive budget and revised the investment policy and developed a revised business plan and 3 year strategic plan.
Written Agreement
On March 4, 2010, the Company entered into a written agreement with the FRB (the “Written Agreement”), which requires the Company to take certain measures to improve its safety and soundness. Under the Written Agreement, the Company is required to develop and submit for approval, a plan to maintain sufficient capital at the Company and the Bank within 60 days of the date of the Written Agreement. The Written Agreement further provides, among other things, that the Company shall not: declare or pay dividends without prior approval of the FRB, take dividends from the Bank, make any distribution of interest, principal or other sums on subordinated debt or trust preferred securities, incur, increase, or guarantee any debt.
Note 23. Parent Company Financial Information
Heritage Oaks Bancorp
Condensed Balance Sheets
| | December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | |
Assets | | | | | |
Cash | | $ | 3,436 | | $ | 683 | |
Federal funds sold | | - | | 3,500 | |
Total cash and cash equivalents | | 3,436 | | 4,183 | |
Prepaid and other assets | | 1,371 | | 514 | |
Investment in bank | | 135,240 | | 125,868 | |
| | | | | |
Total assets | | $ | 140,047 | | $ | 130,565 | |
| | | | | |
Liabilities | | | | | |
Junior subordinated debentures | | $ | 8,248 | | $ | 8,248 | |
Other liabilities | | 2,245 | | 1,061 | |
| | | | | |
Total liabilities | | 10,493 | | 9,309 | |
| | | | | |
Stockholders’ Equity | | | | | |
Preferred stock | | 23,764 | | 23,396 | |
Common stock | | 101,140 | | 101,140 | |
Additional paid in capital | | 7,006 | | 7,002 | |
(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings | | (2,794 | ) | (9,161 | ) |
Accumulated other comprehensive income / (loss) | | 438 | | (1,121 | ) |
| | | | | |
Total stockholders’ equity | | 129,554 | | 121,256 | |
| | | | | |
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | | $ | 140,047 | | $ | 130,565 | |
107
Table of Contents
Heritage Oaks Bancorp
Condensed Statements of Operations
| | For The Years Ended | |
| | December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | |
| | | | | | | |
Income | | | | | | | |
Equity in undisbursed income / (loss) of subsidiaries | | $ | 7,868 | | $ | (18,432 | ) | $ | (6,532 | ) |
Interest | | 19 | | 14 | | 29 | |
Gain on sale of investment securities | | 254 | | 474 | | - | |
Gain on extinguishment of debt | | - | | 1,700 | | - | |
Total income / (loss) | | 8,141 | | (16,244 | ) | (6,503 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Expense | | | | | | | |
Share-based compensation | | 58 | | 142 | | 150 | |
Equipment | | - | | (33 | ) | (57 | ) |
Other professional fees and outside services | | 289 | | 345 | | 239 | |
Interest | | 169 | | 245 | | 574 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total expense | | 516 | | 699 | | 906 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total operating income / (loss) | | 7,625 | | (16,943 | ) | (7,409 | ) |
Income tax benefit / (expense) | | (100 | ) | 617 | | (360 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Net income / (loss) | | $ | 7,725 | | $ | (17,560 | ) | $ | (7,049 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock | | 1,358 | | 5,008 | | 964 | |
| | | | | | | |
Net income / (loss) available to common shareholders | | $ | 6,367 | | $ | (22,568 | ) | $ | (8,013 | ) |
108
Table of Contents
Heritage Oaks Bancorp
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
| | For The Years Ended | |
| | December 31, | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2009 | |
| | | | | | | |
Cash flows from operating activities: | | | | | | | |
Net income / (loss) | | $ | 7,725 | | $ | (17,560 | ) | $ | (7,049 | ) |
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities: | | | | | | | |
Decrease / (increase) in other assets | | (82 | ) | 162 | | 29 | |
Increase / (decrease) in other liabilities | | 195 | | 40 | | (131 | ) |
Gain on sale of assets | | (253 | ) | - | | - | |
Share-based compensation expense | | 58 | | 142 | | 150 | |
Gain on extinguishment of debt | | - | | (1,700 | ) | - | |
Undistributed loss / (income) of subsidiaries | | (7,868 | ) | 18,432 | | 6,532 | |
| | | | | | | |
Net cash used in operating activities | | (225 | ) | (484 | ) | (469 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Cash flows from investing activities: | | | | | | | |
Sale of equity investments | | - | | 155 | | - | |
Sale of securities | | 253 | | - | | - | |
Contribution to subsidiary | | - | | (52,500 | ) | (17,000 | ) |
Other | | (775 | ) | - | | - | |
| | | | | | | |
Net cash used in investing activities | | (522 | ) | (52,345 | ) | (17,000 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Cash flows from financing activities: | | | | | | | |
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares | | - | | - | | - | |
Cash dividends paid | | - | | (262 | ) | (685 | ) |
Decrease in junior subordinated debentures | | - | | (3,455 | ) | - | |
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock | | - | | 55,955 | | 19,151 | |
Proceeds from issuance of common stock warrants | | - | | - | | 1,849 | |
Proceeds from the exercise of options | | - | | 42 | | 98 | |
| | | | | | | |
Net cash provided by financing activities | | - | | 52,280 | | 20,413 | |
| | | | | | | |
Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents | | (747 | ) | (549 | ) | 2,944 | |
| | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year | | 4,183 | | 4,732 | | 1,788 | |
| | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year | | $ | 3,436 | | $ | 4,183 | | $ | 4,732 | |
109
Table of Contents
Note 24. Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)
The following table provides a summary of results for the periods indicated:
| | For The Quarters Ended, | |
| | Q4 | | Q3 | | Q2 | | Q1 | | Q4 | | Q3 | | Q2 | | Q1 | |
(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data) | | 2011 | | 2011 | | 2011 | | 2011 | | 2010 | | 2010 | | 2010 | | 2010 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest income | | $ | 12,012 | | $ | 12,072 | | $ | 12,040 | | $ | 12,103 | | $ | 12,462 | | $ | 12,706 | | $ | 13,176 | | $ | 12,450 | |
Net interest income | | 10,906 | | 10,855 | | 10,729 | | 10,714 | | 10,817 | | 10,842 | | 11,140 | | 9,947 | |
Provision for credit losses | | 693 | | 1,086 | | 2,299 | | 1,985 | | 5,831 | | 4,400 | | 16,100 | | 5,200 | |
Non interest income | | 3,213 | | 2,557 | | 2,059 | | 1,901 | | 2,193 | | 2,903 | | 3,876 | | 1,773 | |
Non interest expense | | 9,221 | | 9,050 | | 9,181 | | 9,866 | | 12,867 | | 10,270 | | 9,091 | | 9,053 | |
Income / (loss) before provision for income taxes | | 4,205 | | 3,276 | | 1,308 | | 764 | | (5,688 | ) | (925 | ) | (10,175 | ) | (2,533 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net income / (loss) | | 4,130 | | 2,119 | | 954 | | 522 | | 517 | | (10,903 | ) | (5,835 | ) | (1,339 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock | | 250 | | 373 | | 370 | | 365 | | 491 | | 357 | | 3,809 | | 351 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net income / (loss) available to common shareholders | | $ | 3,880 | | $ | 1,746 | | $ | 584 | | $ | 157 | | $ | 26 | | $ | (11,260 | ) | $ | (9,644 | ) | $ | (1,690 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Earnings / (loss) per common share | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Basic | | $ | 0.16 | | $ | 0.07 | | $ | 0.02 | | $ | 0.01 | | $ | 0.00 | | $ | (0.45 | ) | $ | (0.86 | ) | $ | (0.22 | ) |
Diluted | | $ | 0.15 | | $ | 0.07 | | $ | 0.02 | | $ | 0.01 | | $ | 0.00 | | $ | (0.45 | ) | $ | (0.86 | ) | $ | (0.22 | ) |
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Not Applicable.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of Heritage Oaks Bancorp is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(1) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and effected by the board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
· Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
· Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
· Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on that assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2011, our internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.
Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There has been no change in internal control over financial reporting in the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
110
Table of Contents
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
Part III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Conduct, which applies to all employees, officers and directors of the Company and Bank. Our Code of Conduct meets the requirements of a “code of ethics” as defined by Item 406 of Regulation S-K and applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer, as well as all other employees, as indicated above. Our Code of Conduct is posted on our website at www.heritageoaksbancorp.com under the heading “Investor Relations – Governance Documents.” Any change to or waiver of the code of conduct (other than technical, administrative and other non-substantive changes) will be posted on the Company’s website or reported on a Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. While the Board may consider a waiver for an executive officer or director, the Board does not expect to grant such waivers.
There have been no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the Company’s Board during 2011.
The balance of the information required by Item 10 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14-A.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by Item 11 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14-A.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14-A. See Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by Item 13 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14-A.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by Item 14 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14-A.
111
Table of Contents
Part IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) 1. Financial Statements
The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, include the notes thereto, and the report of the independent registered public accounting firm thereon, are set forth in the index for Item 8 of this form.
(a) 2. Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules for the Company have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the related footnotes. Additionally, a listing of the supplementary financial information required by this item is set forth in the index for Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
(a) 3. Exhibits
A list of exhibits to this Form 10-K is set forth in the “Exhibit Index” immediately preceding such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Exhibits Required By Item 601 of Regulation S-K
Reference is made to the Exhibit Index on page 114 for exhibits filed as part of this report.
(c) Additional Financial Statements
Not Applicable.
112
Table of Contents
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
The Company
/s/ Simone F. Lagomarsino | /s/ Thomas J. Tolda |
Simone F. Lagomarsino | Thomas J. Tolda |
President and Chief Executive Officer | Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer |
(Principal Executive Officer) | (Principal Financial Officer) |
Dated: February 28, 2012 | Dated: February 28, 2012 |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ Michael J. Morris | | Chairman of the Board of Directors | | February 28, 2012 |
Michael J. Morris | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Donald H. Campbell | | Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors | | February 28, 2012 |
Donald H. Campbell | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Michael J. Behrman | | Director | | February 28, 2012 |
Michael J. Behrman | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Kenneth Dewar | | Director | | February 28, 2012 |
Kenneth Dewar | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Mark C. Fugate | | Director | | February 28, 2012 |
Mark C. Fugate | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Dolores T. Lacey | | Director | | February 28, 2012 |
Dolores T. Lacey | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Simone F. Lagomarsino | | Director | | February 28, 2012 |
Simone F. Lagomarsino | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ James J. Lynch | | Director | | February 28, 2012 |
James J. Lynch | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Daniel J. O’Hare | | Director | | February 28, 2012 |
Daniel J. O’Hare | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Michael E. Pfau | | Director | | February 28, 2012 |
Michael E. Pfau | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Alexander F. Simas | | Director | | February 28, 2012 |
Alexander F. Simas | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Lawrence P. Ward | | Director | | February 28, 2012 |
Lawrence P. Ward | | | | |
113
Table of Contents
Exhibit Index
(3.1) | Articles of Incorporation incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1a to Registration Statement on Form S-4 Commission File No. 33-77504 filed with the SEC on April 8, 1994. |
| |
(3.2) | Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State on October 16, 1997 filed with the SEC in the Company’s 10-KSB for the year ending December 31, 1997 filed with the SEC on March 27, 1998, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(3.3) | Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation of Heritage Oaks Bancorp, filed with the SEC on Form 8-K on March 5, 2009, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(3.4) | The Company Bylaws, as amended, incorporated by reference from the Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed with the SEC on April 23, 2009, Commission File No. 333-158732. |
| |
(4.1) | Specimen form of the Company’s Common stock certificate incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 Commission File No. 33-77504 filed with the SEC on April 8, 1994. |
| |
(4.2) | Certificate of Determination of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A of Heritage Oaks Bancorp, filed with the SEC on Form 8-K on March 23, 2009, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(4.3) | Specimen form of certificate of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A of Heritage Oaks Bancorp, filed with the SEC on Form 8-K on March 23, 2009, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(4.4) | Certificate of Determination of Series B Mandatorily Convertible Adjustable Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, filed with the SEC on Form 8-K on March 15, 2010, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(4.5) | Certificate of Determination of Series C Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock, filed with the SEC on Form 8-K on March 15, 2010, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(4.6) | Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of Heritage Oaks Bancorp, filed with the SEC on Form 8-K on March 23, 2009, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(10.1) | Form of Stock Option Agreement incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 Commission File No. 33-77504, filed with the SEC on April 8, 1994. |
| |
(10.2) | The Company 1995 Bonus Plan, filed with the SEC in the Company’s 10K Report for the year ended December 31, 1994, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(10.3) | Salary Continuation Agreement with Lawrence P. Ward, filed with the SEC in the Company’s 10-QSB Report for the quarter ended March 31, 2001 filed on May 8, 2001, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(10.4) | 1997 Stock Option Plan incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4a to Registration Statement on Form S-8 No.333-31105 filed with the SEC on July 11, 1997 as amended, incorporated by reference, from Registration Statement on Form S-8, Commission File No. 333-83235 filed with the SEC on July 20, 1999. |
| |
(10.5) | Form of Stock Option Agreement incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4b to Registration Statement on Form S-8 Commission File No. 333-31105 filed with the SEC on July 11, 1997. |
| |
(10.6) | 2005 Equity Based Compensation Plan incorporated by reference from Appendix C to the Definitive Proxy Statement filed on Form DEF-14A with the SEC on May 6, 2005, File No. 333-83235. |
| |
(10.7) | Form of Salary Continuation Agreement** |
114
Table of Contents
(10.8) | The Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan, Summary Plan Description, filed with the SEC in the Company’s 10-KSB reported for December 31, 2002 filed on March 20, 2003, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(10.9) | The Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan, Summary of Material Modifications to the Summary Plan Description dated July 2002, filed with the SEC in the Company’s 10-KSB reported for December 31, 2002 filed on March 20, 2003, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(10.10) | Sixth Amendment to Service Bureau Processing Agreement dated July 6, 2010 between Fidelity Information Services, Inc. and Heritage Oaks Bank, filed with the SEC on Form 8-K on July 9, 2010, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(10.11) | Consent Order issued by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and California Department of Financial Institutions, filed with the SEC on Form 8-K on March 10, 2010, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(10.12) | Stipulation By Heritage Oaks Bank to the issuance of the Consent Order by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the California Department of Financial Institutions, filed with the SEC on Form 8-K on March 10, 2010, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(10.13) | Registration Rights Agreement, filed with the SEC on Form 8-K on March 10, 2010, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(10.14) | Written Agreement by and between Heritage Oaks Bancorp and Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, filed with the SEC on Form 8-K on March 8, 2010, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(10.15) | Securities Purchase Agreement, filed with the SEC on Form 8-K on March 23, 2009, Commission File No. 000-25020. |
| |
(14) | Code of Ethics, filed with the SEC in the Company’s 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2003. |
| |
(21) | Subsidiaries of the Company. Heritage Oaks Bank is the only financial subsidiary of the Company. |
| |
(23.1) | Consent of Independent Registered Accounting Firm** |
| |
(23.2) | Consent of Independent Registered Accounting Firm** |
| |
(31.1) | Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002** |
| |
(31.2) | Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002** |
| |
(32.1) | Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002** |
| |
(32.2) | Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002** |
| |
(99.1) | Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 31 CFR § 30.15** |
| |
(99.2) | Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 31 CFR § 30.15** |
| |
101 | The following materials from the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text. |
**Filed herewith.
115
